Dictionary of the Language of Rennell and Bellona, Part 1: Rennellese and Bellonese to English

PART I

Rennellese and Bellonese to English

SAMUEL H. ELBEWT

P U B L I S H E D BY T H E N A T I O N A L M U S E U M O F D E N M A R K COPENHAGEN

T h e publication of this b o o k was made possible by grants from T h e Carlsberg Foundation. Printed by iZndelsbogtrykkeriet i Odensc by T h e National Museum of D e n m a r k 1975 Copyright ISBN 87 480 0049 3 Background of cover design: one of the first traditional narratives written in the language of Rennell, a n account of the conversion t o Christianity. Written by M o a of Hutuna, February 30, 1958 (see F r o m the T w o Canoes, page 407).

CONTENTS

Introduction IX Scope of the Dictionary IX Arrangement of the Dictionary IX Acknowledgments XI11 Pronunciation of Rennellese and Bellonese XV Abbreviations XVII Stylistic Note XIX The Dictionary 1-343 References 344

INTRODUCTION

Scope of the Dictionary The people on the islands of Rennell and Bellona in the Solomon Islands speak a Polynesian language perhaps most closely related to Samoan, East Uvean, Futunan, and Tikopian, but containing many non-Polynesian words. The Rennellese and Bellonese dialects comprise a single language spoken by about 2,400 people. Approximately 16,000 words are defined in this Dictionary, including proper names, compounds, derivatives, common sequences of bases, and Bellonese variants. The vocabulary, both ancient and modern, includes religious terms intelligible only to the performers of the old rituals, some of whom still live, and loan words used by young people in 1972 ('eapili 'airfield'; pamolo 'tractor' and sikola 'outboard motor' named for the brand names "Farmall" and "Sea Gull"). Names of approximately 1,000 flora and fauna (not counting Bellonese variant names) are included, many with Latin names established by Danish scientists, whose numerous scientific expeditions to Rennell began in 1951. About 1,850 Rennellese and Bellonese words are traced back to ancestral Proto Polynesian and Proto Nuclear Polynesian. Work on the Dictionary began in 1957, and has continued intermittently thereafter by the author and by numerous Danish scholars. The list of words, however, is not complete. When the book was in press in 1975, new words, derivatives, and meanings were being found in stories written out by Bellonese and mailed to Copenhagen, and in tape recordings being analyzed at that time. Any laborer on a dictionary must bear this cross: he can never finish his work! Readers of the Dictionary will discover that male Moa and female Tebegi have many adventures in the illustrative sentences, but any resemblance whatsoever of their activities to those of persons living or dead is purely coincidental.

Arrangement of the Dictonary The alphabetization and capitalization system of the Dictionary are described below, and the possible items within an entry are then listed in the order in which they occur. 1. The entries are in alphabetical order (see the section on Pronunciation). The digraphs gh and ng represent single sounds and are treated as single letters except that for convenience capitalized words beginning with gh- and ng- are written Gh- (as in Ghali) and Ng- (as in

-,

.

..

--

Ngagu) instead of GHali and NGagu. In the alphabetization ghali follows gueu in the Dictionary and ilgagu follows nuku. The glottal stop (') is ignored in the alphabetization except that me'a follows mea. Words with the same spelling but with different meanings are numbered in the approximate order of frequency of occurencc and entered in the same paragraph. Honorific names begin with capital letters, and the words comprising them are separated by hyphens. Thus, Gau-Terea (Bellonese Ngau-Tetea) 'Pale-Leaves', an honorific name for taro, and 'Ugzr-Henua (Bellonese ' Uizgu-Henua) 'Land's-Crown', an honorific name for coconuts. Entries include single words that may be used alone, particles that in general show grammatical relationships, compounds (sequences of more than one word with meanings not clear from the meanings of the sum of the components, as inanukitai 'cormorant', literally, bird-to-lake; also a few sequences in extremely common use, as agatu'u /Bellonese augatu'ul 'main trail', literally, established path), and phrases (sequences of words commonly used together, as 'ago huge /Bellonese 'ango hangel 'house interior'). Only the initial letter is given of entries repeated in illustrative phrases and sentences. Questionable entries and scientific names of flora and fauna are followed by question marks. 2. Bellonese variants. Both Rennellese and Bellonese forms are entered in the Dictionary, but the definitions are under the Rennellese form, partly because this is the more conservative of the two dialects, but chiefly because there are more speakers of Rennellese (about 1,500) than of Bellonese (about 900). The Bellonese variants refer the reader to the Rennellese form. The principal difference between the two dialects is that Rennellese g and ng coalesce in Bellonese to ng. Thus gau 'leaf' is defined in the g's, and the entry ngau is "see gau". A few words with gh- . . . -gh in Rennellese are gh- . . . -ng or ng- . . . -gl7 in Bellonese and are treated in the same way. The purpose of this system, which was devised largely by Rolf Kuschel, is to make it easy for speakers of both dialects to locate words in the Dictionary. 3. The parts of speech are nouns (N), verbs (V), nounlverbs (NV), pronouns, possessives, demonstratives, prepositions, conjunctions, exclamations, and particles. (English adjectives are verbs in Rennellese and Bellonese.) Nouns are classified according t o semantic headings and to possessive class (a or 0). The abbreviations used are listed with other abbreviations in a later section. The notation common (corn.) follows the part of speech of words in extremely common, every-day usage. 4. Definitions follow the part of speech. Some words have many English equivalents (gaataki has 16, pau 15), and some such as rzebe, can be rendered into English only by rather long explanations. 5. The literal meanings of entries consisting of more than a single word are given when possible, as well as of some highly figurative illustrative sentences. See Nukumaagongo. 6. Illustrative phrases and sentences. Many of the latter are from From the Two Canoes, 1965, by Elbert and Monberg; the spelling of Rennellese and Bellonese names, however, and the translations, d o not always exactly match those in Canoes. The translations are quite literal, in places at the expense of graceful readability; the redundancy of the original is

retained in the translation. References to texts in Canoes are written T63:ll or T41(B): 4 (see Abbreviations). For citations from the forthcoming grammar, see EIbert in the References. No quotations are taken from the Rennellese gospel (see Na Goiio . . . in the References) because this volume is not used or accepted by the Rennellese and Bellonese. 7. The term See near the end of an entry precedes related words in the dictionary or pertinent references, usually to Canoes or the grammar. The term See ex. precedes entries or references in which the word is used in a sentence or phrase. The word cited is followed by a number if homonyms exist; if a derivative is cited it is followed by the entry in italics, as: See ex., hakakaso (kaso 2). 8. Words of English and Melanesian pidgin English origin are labelled Eng. and pidgin Eng. Some English loans, long in the language, are fixed, as galzumanu 'government', but some of more recent origin are pronounced in various ways, depending to some extent on the speaker's knowledge of English. 'School', which means Christianity as well as school, is pronounced sikulu, sku!, skulu, sukulu (entered this way in the Dictionary), and those who have been to school prefer to use the English spelling. 9. Many words are marked R (pre-Christian religion and ritual). Most of them were not known to persons over thirty in 1972. Self-demeaning terms, used in humbling prayers to the gods and ancestors and in ceremonial speeches to elders and brothers-in-law, are labelled Demean. Illustrative citations from the chants known as tangi are marked tangi. Flowery and figurative citations and words especially heard in songs are marked Poetic. Words marked Rare are of infrequent occurrence in ordinary conversation. 10. Restricted (restr.) and RESTRICTED (RESTR.)labels. Words of the first type are inelegant and are avoided in what the Rennellese and Bellonese call 'mixed' (higohigo) company (where a man's sister or brother-in-law might be present). RESTRICTED words are also avoided, except in curses, but much more scrupulously. A few are so shocking that English fourletter words have been used as translations. If the restriction applies only to an illustrative sentence within an entry, it follows that sentence. If it applies to an entire entry, it comes near the end of the entry. I I . Bases (B:) of words (for example, ~?zonzott~, ~tzootunga,nzotu 'anga, nzotumotu, and nzotusia are derivatives of the base mottr). Such derivatives (Der:) are listed after the bases. Some derivatives have obvious meanings and are not defined. Reduplications such as momotu and motumotu usually express frequentative action ; mootunga and and motu 'anga are nominalizations; nzotusia is a passive/transitive. Other common derivatives usually listed under bases but not always specifically defined include -a and -ina (usually multiplicatives, see namu and ghaghumiina), the reciprocals (hebase 'aki or variant), indicative of reciprocal or plural action (see kisikisi), the causatives (mentioned in the next paragraph), and the nominalizations (base -nga or 'anga). 12. Certain common and productive derivatives are entered in the same paragraph as the base. These are the causatives baa-, bee-, haa-, and haka-, the reciprocals Ite- . . . 'aki and 'anga nominalizers. The parts of speech, definitions, variants, and a few -nga and base

-+

+

+

+

.1.

illustrative phrases and sentences, "see" references, and religious, poetic, and restrictive labels occur in the same order as they do for the base. Derivatives for which no bases occur are entered thus: -mouhai. hakamoultai. The definitions then follow. A few cross references under baa-, bee-, llaka. and he- refer the reader to bases. The reader should learn t o look first under the base for such forms. For example, hnaghaghi, hakagosigosi, and Iteghaliaki are defined under ghaghi, ,gosigosi, and gltaliaki. Reduplications and passive/imperatives that merit defining are entered separately rather than in the same paragraph as the base, but are listed with the other derivatives. 13. The last items in the entries are Proto Polynesian (PPN) and Proto Nuclear Polynesian (PNP) reconstructions. The term PPN indicates that cognates of the entry occur in Tongan, the term PNP that cognates have not been noted in Tongan, but do occur elsewhere (PNP cognates are entered only if PPN cognates have not been found). Reconstructions were obtained from computer printouts prepared by the University of Hawaii and Auckland University, and were checked against Churchward (for Tongan), Milner (for Samoan), Bataillon (for East Uvean), and occasionally Pukui and Elbert (for Hawaiian). The list might have been altered o r considerably increased had dictionaries of Niue and East Futuna been available. Reconstructions with slight meaning differences are marked "Probable" or "Possible"; differences in phonemic shapes are obvious. Following is a list of consonant correspondenccs: PPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p t k f s h w m n n g l r h h v m n ng 1-0 Tongan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p t , s k f PNP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p t k f s h w m n n g 1 East Uvean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p t k f s h v m n n g 1 Samoan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P t ' 0 f s 0 v m n n g 1 Rennellese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p t k ' h,p,b s , h 0 b m n ng- g k ' h,p,b s , h 0 b m n ng Bellonese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p t Most vowel differences in the daughter languages may be attributed to assimilation or dissimilation. Long vowels are shown doubled. If selection of one of two or more reconstructed sounds is impossible, the alternants are shown in parentheses. For example, the word for land: Tongan fonua Samoan fnnua East Uvean fenua Rennellese henua f (a, e, o)nufl PPN A phoneme present in some of the daughter languages, but not in others, is shown in parentheses. Thus a word meaning to visit: Tongan 'a'asi, Rennell and Bellona a'asi, PPN (')aqasi. Also listed as the last item in a few entries are Melanesian and Polynesian Outlier words that resemble Rennellese and Bellonese words believed of non-Polynesian origin. Such words

are preceded by the name of the language. (All Rennellese and Bellonese words containing gh and 1 are non-Polynesian; see Elbert 1962 in the References.) No assumptions are made as to whether these words are chance resemblances, loan words, or from a substratum. Most of the Melanesian words were provided by Brian Hackman of the Geological Survey in the Solomons (also see Elbert 1967b in the References). A great many Polynesian and Melanesian doublets occur, as ghali and babe 'fast', toghi and koti 'cut', and titiko and koli 'defecate'. Of these, gkali and titiko are in common use, and toghi and koti seem to be equally common. In general, a Polynesian origin seems most likely for the vast majority of words in Rennellese and Bellonese.

Acknowledgments This book could never have been presented in its present form had it not been for the financial and material help of certain foundations and universities, the cheerful and often brilliant assistance of the Rennellese and Bellonese, and the inspiration and help of my Danish colleagues. The Tri-Institutional Pacific Program and the University of Hawaii supported my first venture into the Solomons in 1957-1958. The Danish Indo-Pacific Expedition made it possible to visit the two islands again in 1962 with the research vessel Noona Dan. With the help of a research grant from the Fulbright Foundation, I was in Denmark in 1964 and 1965, and worked with Torben Monberg for ten months and Taupongi of Bellona for about six months. The Linguistics Department of the University of Hawaii, supplied clerical aid throughout the years and teaching reductions, and paid Joseph Puia's salary for several months in 1970. Finally I wish to thank the Pacific Division of the East Asian Institute of the University of Copenhagen for splendid office facilities in 1973 and 1974, and the National Museum of Denmark and the Carlsberg Foundation for final publication of the book. Rennell Island received me with kindness and hospitality in 1957. Of my many informants and friends, Headman Togaka and Timothy Sau'uhi helped me on their island in 1957, 1958, and 1962, and in Honiara in 1966. Joseph Puia, a merry lad in 1957, was in Honolulu in 1970 and acted as informant in a University of Hawaii seminar concerned with a grammatical analysis of Rennellese; at the same time he checked much of the dictionary. Temoa Puangongo and Paul Sa'engeika of Bellona had for many years provided Taupongi (Temoa's son) and Torben Monberg (Sa'engeika's adopted son) with information, much of which reached me through them. In 1972 I worked particularly with Daniel Tuhanuku, Sengeika Tepuke, Tepaikea Puia, and Tebaiata, each of whom made important contributions. But the greatest help by a Pacific islander throughout the years came from Taupongi of Sa'aiho, Bellona, who not only provided shelter, sustenance, and information on Bellona, but worked tirelessly with Torben Monberg and me in Honolulu in 1961, and in Copenhagen in 1964-1965. He supplied most of the illustrative sentences in the Dictionary,

some of which reflect his humor, his interest in American politics of the time, and his fondness for Denmark. During my four visits to the Solomons, the British officials were helpful in many ways. and I am grateful for their hospitality and friendship, especiaIIy that of Derek and Vrai Cudmore, Renn Davis, John Grover, Sir John and Lady Gutch, Brian Hackman. and James and Margaret Tedder. In the United States many friends and relatwes proffered help and bore u p uith my long absences; of these 1 can only mention here Kathleen Klepetko of Den~ver,who shouldered a mammoth and onerous proofreading task. In Copenhagen Sofus Christiansen of the University of Copenhagen and Torben Wolff of the Zoological Museum supplied scientific names for flora and fauna, and read the galleys containing these names. Rolf Kuschel of the University of Copenhagen helped plan the final form of the Dictionary. H e was a virtuoso colleague on Bellona in 1972, and in the final stages of the book was a sharp-eyed editor and proof reader. Without his many hours of work the Dictionary could never have been printed in 1975. Torben Monberg of the University of Copenhagen has inspired many years of effort, and has constantly encouraged me to check rigorously and expand prudently, as we11 as supplying invaluable information about all manner of subjects, but especially concerning the social organization and the old religion. My final and only regret is that the modesty of Torben Monberg and Rolf Kuschel has prevented them from granting my request that they be named as co-authors of the Dictionary.

XIV

PRONUNCIATION O F RENNELLESE A N D BELLONESE

Corzsonan~s p, t, k: voiceless bilabial, dental, and velar stops about as in English but with less aspiration. t is slightly palatalized before i and e, especially on Bellona. b and gh: voiced bilabial and velar fricatives, about like b and g in Spanish abogado. A few people at the Lake on Rennell pronounce b somewhat like English v. g: a voiced prenasalized velar stop, like ng in Englishfinger (but never like ng in sing), but often occuring at the beginning of a syllable or word. Not in Bellonese. s and I?: voiceless alveolar and glottal fricatives, about as in English. m, n, ng: voiced bilabial, alveolar, and velar nasals (ng as in English sing, never as infinger, but often at the beginning of a syllable or word). I: a voiced alveolar lateral, about as in English. A common variant is d as in English door. ': a glottal stop, similar to the sounds between the oh's in English oh-oh. All consonants occur initially and medially and never at the end of a word or syllable or next to another consonant, except that in fast Bellonese, double consonants occur, as ttaka 'to step on', slow tataka. Only the slow pronunciation is indicated in the Dictionary. Vowels a: mid-open vowel like a in far. e: mid-front vowel like e in bet. i: high-front vowel like ee in see. o: mid-back vowel like o in sole. u: high-back vowel like oo in moon These vowels occur without off-glides. All may be doubled. In fast speech vowels preceding pauses are frequently voiceless, or they may be doubled (and stressed) for emphasis. Neither of these phenomena are indicated in the Dictionary. Rising diphthongs ei, eu, oi, ou, ai, ne, ao, au: these are stressed on the first member, but the two members are not as closely joined as in English. Stress Primary stress usually occurs on the next-to-the-last vowel in words, phrases, and sentences, with secondary stress on alternating preceding syllables. Double vowels are treated as consisting of two syllables. The same stress rules apply. Thus, ghahgho 'to make twine' and

I

hzetkpe, yam species. Compare hciahirze 'women' and b60 rjtu 'go away'. The accoustic effects of the double -aa- in gllndgho and h2ahirze are very different; there is rearticulation of the second vowel in glza-dgho, none in hciahine. Three-syllable words from English are stressed on the first syllable, as Ibghabi 'rugby' and ldkira 'doctor'. Some people pronounce d and I. in loan words and pronounce consonant clusters (as in school).

XVI

ABBREVIATIONS (NA KUPU HAKAPULU)

Abbott 24: page 24 of Abbott, see References B: base (te ibi o te kupu) Be : Bellona, Bellonese (Mungiki) Canoes: From the TWOCanoes. See N147(I) and T50 below and Elbert and Monberg in the References. Cap. : capital letter caus.: causative (te kupu hakatu'u i te baa- po te haa- po te haka-) cf. : compare com.: in common every-day use (te kupu hu'aihai) demean. : demeaning (te kupu hakami'ime'a) Der.: derivative(s) (na kupu e tasi agatou ibi) e.g. : for example ('eksampolo) EFU : East Futunan (Hutuna) EUV: East Uvean ('Ubea) esp. : especially (hu'aihai) ex. : example ('eksampolo) excl. : exclusive f. :filius, son (hosa) freq.: frequentative, continuative (hai, hai, Izai) Gram.: Grammar (followed by section number). See Elbert in References. honor. : honorific (te kupu haka'eha'eha) incl. : inclusive Lake: word occurring especially in the Lake dialect of Rennellese (te kupu mai Tegano) Lit. : literally N.: noun used with both a and o possessives, depending on context N(a): noun, most commonly a-class NA: artefact or action, usually a-class noun N(a)pl.: plural noun, most commonly a-class NB: body part, usually o-class noun NC: noun, poetic composition, usually a-class for author and o-class for honoree (te kupu hu'aihai ma na kupu me'a) XVII

NCVR: noun, poetic composition, used also as verb and in rituals N F : flora, fauna (plants are usually a-class if being cooked or handled, otherwise usually o-class) (te ingoa g a ' a k a ~po ~ tc ingoa inanu po te ingoa liarri) N(o) : noun, most comn~onlyo-class NP: proper name, usually o-class (te ingoa o pegea po te ingoa henua po te iilgoa h e t u ' ~PO te ingoa nzatangi) NV: noun and verb N147(I): Notes to Text 147, Part I, Canoes part. : particle (te n~i'itu'utakinga kupu) pas/tr. : passive/transitive (see examples 'agumia, 'agohia: the most common shape is base -!'ia, see buge 'ia). PIL: Pileni pl. : plural ('eha) PNP : Proto Nuclear Polynesian : reflex not noted in Tongan but present elsewhere in Polynesia, especially in Samoan or EUV. PPN: Proto Polynesian: reflex in Tongan qual. : qualifying R : pre-Christian religion or ritual, rare (te kupu giu 'atua nlai gaa 'aso) RIB: Rennell, Rennellese, Bellona, Bellonese (Mugaba, Mungiki) Re: Rennell, Rennellese (Mugaba) recip.: reciprocal (te kupu kakatu'u i te he-) recip/pl. : reciprocal and plural redup. : reduplication Religion 24: page 24 of Monberg's The Religion of Bellona Island; see References restr. : slightly restricted, avoided by some (te kupu l~e'ehu'aihai i te kunga higohigo) RESTR.: highly restricted, avoided in mixed company (re kupu songo to'a o he'e hai i te kunga higohigo) sg. : singular (e tasi) SIK: Sikaiana sp. : species, singular (te ingoa o te huge o te ga'akaupo te hage o te manupo te huge o te ika) spp.: species, plural (na hage o na me'a) TIK: Tikopia T50(B)ll: Text 50, version B, verse 11, Canoes V: verb V, pl.: verb usually used in the plural Vqual.: a verb that often qualifies a preceding verb V qual.: a verb often followed by a qualifier WUV: West Uvean ('Ubea Gago)

+

XVIII

STYLISTIC NOTE

RIB words used without definitions: 'apai, geenzugi, hakalzua, hiti, kananga, kape, pota, tangi, and some kinship terms. Pacific Island words used without definitions: lavalava, sulu (loincloths) Solomon Islands word used without definition: panna, a type of thorny yam, 'uhigaba in RIB, Dioscorea esculenta Uncertain RIB words are followed by question marks. See bulikala.

XIX

a. 1. Com. a-class possessive preposition, and a n affix in a-class possessives. Of. (Gram. 5.2, 6.4.) PPN (')a. 2. Com. nominative preposition with intransitive verbs, and object marker with transitive verbs. A contrasts with e, a nominative preposition with transitive verbs. Hano a Moa, Moa goes. 'Agoha iho a tena nzatu'a kia tena uguugu (T99:14), her husband had pity for his wife. Sanon~e'ae Moa a Puia, Moa suspects Puia. See T12:1, T15:2, Gram. 5.2. PPN (')a. 3. Preposition introducing a noun in apposition. M a tona hosa a Puia, and his son, Puia. (Gram. 5.2.) -a. Com. variant of -ina, suffix with passive, transitivizing, and multiplicative meanings, in close juncture. See gopitia, kagaea, kagisia, katia, tagaea, upoa. PPN -a. -'a. Infix in the redup. a-class possessives, as t-a-'a-ku, one or some of. (Gram. 6.4.) aa. 1. Com. part. and V. To do what? For what? A. contracts with words ending in -a: Mangaa? And what? Particles preceding a. are usually lengthened: T i i a.? What? N i i a.? What is it? Kee a.? T o do what? 00 a.? What then? Tii a. ou? What do you have? I tee a.? Why? What for? Ee a.? What? T o do what? Why? K O koe ee a.? How are you? What about you? T o u a.? Your what? What relationship to you? T o u laoana ee a.? What has happened to your clothing? 0 u'u te potu o te 'uhigaba po te huti po te a.? Taking a bite of a piece of panna or banana o r anything else? Nii a. e a'u ai koe? Why did you come? See 'ai ee a., haingaa, 'okoia. h a h a . Vqual. At what time? When? PPN haa. 2. Ligature connecting nouns ending in vowels with a following qualifier, as 'ate, body part, and 'ate a. ba'e, calf of leg. A . coalesces with a preceding -a, as hua, song and huaa m a k o , dance song. (Gram. 5.6.) a'a. 1. NA. End of an abandoned canoe, sometimes used as a shelf; turmeric was rubbed on to it in preparation of genga. See genga. 1 Ordbog over Bellona-sproget

2. Preposition, a-class. Of, the one of. Hai a. te pegea takatakahanga, one of the acts of the wretched person (demean.). See tauligobia, Tl(B):lO, Gram. 5.2. PPN (')a'a. -$a. Com. pejorative but unproductive suffix. See baoa'a, gonga'a, gongoa'a, gotoa'a, 110nua'a, hua'a, kugia'a, kaia'a, magoa'a, masakia'a, mea'a, nanzua'a, nukunukua'a, ngaoa'a, taia'a, tia'a, toka'a, tuprla'a, rta'a. Rare variants are -sa'a (ngakosa'a, pongisa'a, posa'a) and -tala (-ngata'a). (Gram. 8.3.) PPN -1za'a. 'aa. 1. N(o)V. Wall, fence, enclosure; to build a fence, wall, or enclosure; to surround. E 'a. e ia te hage, he puts a fence around the house. See kau 'a., T50(C):ll. PPN 'aa. 2. N(o). The letter 'a', alphabet. Na'a e koe re 'a.? Do you know the alphabet? Eng. 'aa 'anga. N(o). Fence, wall. 'aabaki. N(a)Vqual, com. T o participate, take part, join, do with, help; helper, assistant, wife, husband, help. ' A . i te sogi, join in worship. He'e tau 'a. k i te au, there is no help for me. ' A . a Moa kia te ia, Moa helps him. Often used as second member of a sequence with meaning 'with': Icai 'a., to eat with; sogi 'a., to worship or attend worship with. he'aabaki'aki. V. T o help one another, co-operate, work or take part with. See hekau h. 'aabaki 'anga. N(a). Help, participation. See ex., hakakokisia. 'aabanga. 1. N(a)V. Spouse; to have a spouse or be married. Taku 'a., my spouse. T e hukine ka go 'a., the woman is going to be married. See tau 'a. PNP 'aawanga. 2. V. T o be rotten, as the interior of a papaya. Noka te kai na'e 'a., don't eat because [it's] rotten. Der: 'aabangaina. PNP 'aawanga. a'aga (a'anga). V . T o wake up, stay awake, get up (pl.). Manga a. a. a., just staying awake, staying awake, staying awake. (T66: 47.) B: 'aga. Der: a. 'anga, a'agahia.

a'agaa a'agaa (a'angaa) = a'agaaua. a'agaaua (a'nngaaua). Possessive (a-class, pl. possessed objects, redup.) One or some of theirs (dual). (Gram. 5.2.) PNP a'alaaua. a'agahia (a'angahia). Pashr. of a'aga, R. A . aano Tou-Tapurzgao, may the Sole-Of-YourFoot arise (R). B: 'ago. a'agake (a'angake) = a'aga ake, wake or get UP. a'agatou (a'angatou). Possessive (a-class, pl. possessed objects, redup.). One or some of theirs (pl.). See ex., ga'u 'anga, Gram. 5.2. PNP rr'nlantorc. 'aagia ('aangia). V. To let go, release. ' A . tokrr tao! Let go of my spear! a'ago (a'ango). V. 1. To paddle. See also baagongo sua, hoe, naghi, sua. Der: 'agohaki, 'agohanga, 'agolzicl. hea'ago'aki. V. T o paddle back and forth. PPN 'alo. 2. To fish for sharks. 0 rnanga a. soko a i a sa'a I110 (T141:9), and members of the Iho clan just fished for sharks alone. Der: 'ngohanga. a'ago 'anga (a'ango 'a.). NA. 1. Paddling. 2. Shark fishing. (TI 6: 1.) -'aagoha (-'aangoha). See 'agoha. a'ahu. V. T o burn, smart, hurt, as new tattooing; to shake, as with fever. E a. te tatau o'okrr, my tattooing smarts. Possibly PPN 'altu. a'ahua = a'ahu. Der: a. 'anga, kea'al7ua'aki. 'aahua. 1. NAV. To go back and forth; such going. Taku sehu 'a. ia te kigatou (T235[A]: 90), my going back and forth from them. (T189:4.) he'aahua'aki. V. To go back and forth. 2. N(o). Resting place of sea birds, as stones, reef. Te 'a. i koo e 'eha ai na rnanlc, as for the bird resting rock over there, many birds are there. a'ai. Possessive (a-class, pl. objects). Whose? Belonging to whom? A . nu tarnagiki? Whose children? See ex., to'o 2. 'aai'i ('ooi'i). Exclamation. No (contradictions)! 'aaiku. N(a), com. Joke, slang; joking, colloquial, facetious, or figurative term or saying. Te 'a, a Mautikitiki ki nu mi'ikaui, Mautikitiki is fooling the small fish. haka'aaiku. N(o)V. Epithet; to say an 'aaiku. Te h. o Sa'aiho, ko Gago, an epithet for Sa'aiho is Western. a'aki. 1. NAV. Actions, customs, characteristics, manner, character, way, nature, conduct, behavior; to behave, act, conduct oneself. A. ntaase'i, to clown, act boisterously or ridiculously, behave badly. A. nzai kinai, a. tasi, to have similar behavior, character, customs. T e a. a h4oa e gaoi, Moa's conduct is good. Manga te a., just his way. See ex., loia, mani. hakaa'aki. V. T o act or

behave well, treat well. Te Itosa o'oku ~ P ' E h., my son does not behave well. H. songo, to behave badly. KO Moa e h. e he'e hu'aihakaene kia te au, hloa acts well and does not ask too much of me. (T33:l.) 2. V. T o appear, arrive, come into view or sight (pl.). Noko a. mai na pegea i anaahi, the people came yesterday. Also, he'aki. hakaa'aki. V. T o explain, demonstrate. 'aakisi. NA. Axe, adze. (Be prefers 'a. to toki, which also means 'vagina'.) See ex., tapi, T232:l. Eng. a'aku. Possessive (a-clzss, redup.). My. Ngongole a., one of my ngongole dance songs (composed by me). (Gram. 5.2.) PNP a'akrt. a'amaa. Possessive (a-class, redup.). Our (dual, excl.). (Gram. 5.2.) PNP a'amaa. a'amatou. Possessive (a-class, redup.). Our (pl. excl.). Gram. 5.2.) PNP a'amaatou. 'aameo. V. T o be sad; to sulk. Ina 'a., to look at sadly. KO au e 'a,, I'm sad. haka'aameo. V. To sulk, make someone sulk or sad, esp. because of lack of generosity. Rare. aamiti. NF. An unidentified large tree; its wood is used for house rafters but not for house posts, as it rots quickly. Der: aamitiina. 'aamonga. 1. N(o), com. Island, islander, people of an island. Aku 'a. (T67:2), [may I have] the islands (a-class since not yet possessed). 2. N(a). Persons carrying a heavy load, as a canoe on shoulders; such a load. Boo atu he 'a. k i re baka, the canoe bearers went t o the canoe. A'u ke boo ma'ataaua he 'a., come so we can have bearers. B: 'amo. 'aamuti. N(o)V. Desired object; to praise, admire, be admired. Taku 'a., my desire. KO au kua 'a. Mugilzenua, I admire Mugihenua. E 'a. a Moa ki te huge o Puia, Moa praises Puia's house. KO Puia e 'a. i te gaoi, Puia is admired for his good looks (or actions). Der: 'a. 'anga, 'amutia, 'arnutingange, he'aarnuti'aki. a'ana. Possessive (a-class, redup.). His, her, its. (Gram. 5.2.) PNP a'ana. 'aanee. Exclamation. Thank you. Rare. aanei. Interrogative. What? Rare. aano. Corn. conjunction and part. marking the passage of time or movement in space. And then, after a time, on and on, until, well. A . is lengthened for emphasis. Noko sehu aaano poo, just walked until nightfall. See hai a. a'anga. See a'aga. a'angaa. See a'agaa. a'angaaua. See a'agaaua.

a'au a'angahia. See a'agahia. a'angake. See a'agake. a'angatou. See a'agatou. 'aangia. See 'aagia. a'ango. See a'ago. -'aangoha. See -'aagoha. aapatu. NF. Half-flower bush, Scaevola sericea Vahl. Der: aapatuina. 'aapolo. NF. Apple. Eng. 'aapugu ('aapungu). V. To go below the surface of the sea, as a turtle does; to drown, sink; to swallow much sea water. Der: 'a. 'anga, 'apupugu, haa'apugu. 'aasaki. V. Pray forgive the lack of, excuse the lack of (honor.). Also, 'aasakii. See ex., hakama'ugi, ibihogo, ibiibi. 'aasakigoa ('aasakhgoa). V . To resemble, appear or look as though. KO Moa manga 'a. k o Puia, Moa looks like Puia. ' A . re api e tasi, the siblings look alike. 'aasanga. N(o)V. To be out t o sea; offshore sea. T e 'a. o te baa, the offshore sea of the ocean. Te baka kua 'a. ki Mugaba, the canoe is fairly near Re. (T211:1, T185[C]:6.) 'aasea. N(o)V. Ten piles of bananas, each pile containing four bunches; to be ten piles (Category 8, Gram. 7.2). Digits 11-19 are 'a. rurna'a e tasi (11 piles of four bunches), ' A . tuma'a gima (15 piles of four bunches, etc. The decimals 20-90 are 'a. gua (80 bunches), 'a. ono (240 bunches). ' A u mai aku 'a. huri, bring my 40 banana bunches. Hakagau na huti o 'a., count bananas until 40 bunches. a'asi. V. To visit, inspect. Hinatu o a. i totatou hage 'ai kitai kaia'atia he me'a, go and inspect our house lest something might be stolen. Der: a'asinga, 'asi'asi. PPN (') a'asi. a'asi bai. N(o)V. Water guardian; to guard or visit water. The name particularly applies to certain brackish pools (tuhu) connected underground to the sea. If someone swims in such a pool, a fish called a. b. appears (as a large taha'ugi, formerly believed the gift of gods). This fish disappears, but soon reappears with many others, and the people catch them with hook and line (formerly with snares [sege]). Such pools, also called bai taha'ugi, are at Tetuhu and Kagibi, Re. a'asi inai = a'asi k i w i . a'asinga. N(o). Visit, visitor, inspector. Hinatu Ize a. ki te 'umanga na'e kaa abu e te kagae, go visit the garden lest swamp hens pluck [taro]. B: a'asi. 'Aasinga-Tou-Akau. N(o)R. Visitor-To-YourReef (honor., as in answer to prayers for sharks).

'Aasinga-Tou-Tai. N(o)R. Visitor-To-Your-Sea, (honor., as in answer to prayers for fish, pogo [a surgeonfish]). See ex. -gongotia (baagongotia), saalzenga. -'aasugi. haka'aasugi. V. T o insult, humiliate, despise (persons). Hu'aihaka'aasugi e ia k o ba'i pegea, he insults (or despises) everybody. See susugi, N 128. Der: h. 'anga. a'ataa = a'ataaua. PNP a'afaa. a'ataaua. Possessive (a-class, redup.). Our (dual, incl.). (Gram. 5.2.) PNP a'ataaua. 'aatama. See taka'a. Rare. 'aatanga. N(o)V. To be shining, bright, flashing; brightness (often said of tattooing). See ex., pugeba, T177:4. B: 'ata I. a'atatou. Possessive (a-class, redup.). Our (pl., incl.). (Gram. 5.2.) PNP a'ataatou. 'aatea. V. com. To be distant, far, different, unrelated, another; to be clear and unobstructed, as a garden or path. Nolzo 'a. i na 'umanga, stay far from the gardens. T e napa 'a., the wrong number. Boo 'a. (T190:4), go far away. Manga hai 'a., just keep far away. (T85:3, T92:9.) haka'aatea. V. T o take away, separate. See 'ao'atea. B: tea. PPN 'aatea. 'aatea 'anga. N(o). Distance, difference, separation. Te 'a. 'a. i tona manaha, separated from his home place. 'aatikitiki. N(a)V. T o tickle; to be tickling, ticklish; tickling. Hai kau 'a. ia koe, I'm going to tickle you. KO au e 'a., I'm ticklish. Tau 'a. mai e maase'i, your tickling me is bad. See tikitiki, T139:7. Der: 'a. 'anga (see ex., maniania), 'a. 'ia. 'mtiti. NF. An introduccd tree with an incdiblc fruit used for gluing canoe cracks. 'aatiu. NF. A rare vine, Cucumis melo L.; its fruits are eaten raw and cooked. Rare. aatoka. NF. A kind of useless fern, Filicinae. 'aatongia. V. T o stay with as a dependent, to depend exclusively on, reside. KO au e 'a. kia te koe, I depend only on you. haka'aatongia. Caus. Mano n7a h. iho ki na kunga noko hakamatigi ai ou haimaatu'a, just stay at places where your parents were born. See 'utongia. Rare. aatuku. NF. A vine with bark used for rope. -'aatunga. haka'aatunga. V. 1. T o have pity for. K O au e h. kia Moa, manga masaki, I pity Moa, just sick. 2. To know or recognize, esp. character; to be reminded of. H. e au kia Moa, te pegea magie, I know Moa for a generous person. KO au e 'agoha i te tangata tauiku i te me'a gaa e h. e au k i te tupuna o'oku, I feel sorry for the old man because I am reminded of my grandfather. a'au. Possessive (a-class, redup.). Your (sg.).

a'aua

*3.,

-.

ATa me'a a., your things. (Gram. 5.2.) PPN (')alau. a'aua. V. To be dizzy, faint. 'aaua. N(o)V. To drift far: drifting. (T52[A]:3, T109:7.) he'aaua'aki. V. T o drift back and forth. a'augua (a'aungua). Possessive (a-class, redup.). Your (dual). (Gram. 5.2.) PNP a'artlrla. a'autou. Possessive (a-class, redup.). Your (pl.). (Gram. 5.2.) PNP a'arttou. 'aaunga. N(o)V. Gesture of any kind; to conduct, as an orchestra. See ex., agu 1, lzakatatalze. he'asunga'aki. V . T o gesture to one another. aba. 1. N(o), com. Pass, channel, beach, village by the sea, waterfront, canop, anchorage (often called te a. i tai; see a. tai.). M o e i a., sleep by the sea anchorage. (Often used without an article; T206:5.) PPN awa. 2. V. T o be straight or even, as hair or a mat plaiting; t o be arranged neatly; evenness, straightness. A. n ~ a inu pepa, arrange the papers neatly. E gau a. te 'ugu, the hair is straight. hakanba. T o steer, as a canoe o r direct a course (T186:4, T224:3); to search, as for the source of a tangled fishline; t o straighten, as the hair; to judge, plan, think about, analyze, seek t o explain; t o try, as in court. Kitatou e 11. k o ha'i krtpzi, we seek to explain every word. Karl tu'u i te h., I stand in court. hakaaba'aki 'anga. NA. Settlement of differences, explanation. aba, abaa qual. N(o)V. T o collect, gather together; collection. See kete a., T230:4. -aba. he!~akazba'aki. Same as hehakaabaaba'alci. 'aba. N(o). Small opening. He'e 'a., pressed together. Der: ma'aba. PPN (')awn. abzabn. N(o). 1. Small bush settlements or gardens as used by planters or as refuges during fights. Also, manaha o nzoztku. 2. Recesses or gulches in cliffs, usually by the sea, sometimes used as hiding places during fights or as toilets. PPN awaawa. -abaaba. 1. halraabaaba. V. T o explain, confess, straighten out, seek to right a wrong. H. kia G o d , confess to God. hehakaabaaba'akinga. NA. Explanation, confession, etc. 2. hehakaabaaba'aki. V. T o live in peace and concord as one people. Also, hebaabaa'aki. abaa scgo (a. songo). N(o). Collection of cooked and pounded taro and coconut gratings t o be made into pudding (sogo). abaga (abanga). See abanga. 'aba iho. V . T o hand, give, o r convey down, westward, or northward.

+

'abake. V. T o hand o r give up, eastward, or southward. See tubi. abaie, hakaahale. V. T o be talkative. 'ahalaghi = 'abolaghi. -aba!obo 'ia. hakaabalobo '13. V. T o try to explain o r remember. Hai kari 11. 'i. tc aqa e hano ai. I'll try to remember the path to go on. Rare. abanga. N(o). Valley, gulch. Pocsibly, abaqcl. Der: abangaina. hakaabanga. V. To have many valleys, gulches. Perhaps PNP a1t.aa )+'a. 'abange. V. T o give o r carry, as to a place invisible o r far. See ghali'aki, TX?(A): 15, T67:47, Gram. 4.6. aba tai. N(o). Cultivated beach area, area with coconuts. See aha I. 'ahatu. V. T o give away, as to a third person not far away. See T228(A):2. PNP 'awarrc. abi. V. 1. T o take wood from an oven o r fire. (T52[A]:18, T204:4.) 2. T o bend over, as grass being walked on. E a. te maka k i bagika'ago, leaving footprints pointing towards the north. abiabi = abi 1, 2. E a. te 'urnrt, take wood out from the oven. 'abingi. V. T o carry under the arm or on the hip (as a child); to paddle by gripping the paddle handle with one arm and holding the end of the paddle with the other. See ex., t n g h c ~ l ~T209:4. i, Der: 'a. 'anga, hc'nhingi'aki. Bughotu a~vini. 'abolaghi. V. 1. T o deepen an oven. 2. T o dig out a canoe log to its final depth. abu. V. T o pull, as taro with the hands or as a kagae bird does with its beak. See ex., a'asinga, 'ugi, T118:6, T198:3. abuabu. Freq. of abu; t o weed a little, as while walking. abubu. NF. Com. cultivated yams, Dioscorpa brtlbifera L., with edible bulbils ( h a ) above ground, and an edible tuber (mugi). For kinds see below and glzope, lioigau, nlaasiu, tnaglmghitebe, matamalolo, rnota, poslr, soi, soi m a i te baka, soi pigllae, soi'rtgi; Canoes. p. 422. Arosi abubu. abubu m a l o h See inatanzalolo. abubu Paugs (a. Paungo). NF. A kind of ancient a. yam. See P. abubu soi. NF. A kind of bitter a. yam. aesee. Exclamation and refrain in some knnanga chants. Alas! Probably Eng., I see or I say. Rare. aga (anga). 1. V. T o turn into, enter the body of, assume the form of, embody oneself. (T2[B]:9.) Der: a. 'anga, c ~ a i a . hakaaga, hakaagaa qual. V. T o embody, enter the form of, etc. K O azi e m o e o Izakaagaa miti

+

aga ki mouku kia M o a , I slept and saw Moa in a dream. Probably PPN hala. 2. To scratch, as the body. Der: agaaga. 3. NF. A tree, Ficus prasirzlcarpa Elm.: its leaves are eaten by Solomon Islanders but not by R/B. aga (anga), agaa qual. 1. N(o), com. Path, trail, track, road, street, doorway, door, way, method. Qualifiers are preceded by aga or agaa. See agaa ba'e, agatu'u, T89:2. hakamga. N(o)V. To take food on a trail (aga) as to a ritual feast; food so taken. Hai kaui k e 11. ai k i re hakatalzinga, going fishing to get food thereby for the feast. PPN hala. 2. NFV. Cluster, bunch, as of betel, baga, kala; to bear clusters. Qualifiers are preceded by aga or agaa: see agaa pua, aga mu'a, aga mugi. Aga Izia? How many clusters? Hua o aga tasi (T41[A]: 13, bears fruit on a single cluster. 'aga ('anga). V, sg., com. To wake up, stay awake, be awake, get up. N o k a te hai ke 'a. tou taina, don't wake up your younger brother. (T168:5.) Der: a'aga, a'agahia, 'a. 'anga, -'agahia. baa'aga. V. To wake someone; to pick or pull up; to be awakened. N o k o b. e ia ia fc au, he woke me. N o k a te b. te taiu, don't wake up your little brother. E b. m a i e a u (T235[A]:98), I pulled [him] up. (T85:6, T151:3.) hebaa'aga'aki. V. To wake one sleeping near o r with one; to wake up together. PPN 'ara. -'aga (-'anga). baa'aga. V. T o shoot, as a gun. E b. nu puu, the guns go off. (TSO[C]:lO.) haka'aga. N(o)V. T o beat the sounding board in order to divert a man being tattooed (as with the chest tattoo) from pain; the beater. A'u te pegea e h. e ia re taukuka, the man comes and he beats the board for the man having the chest tattoo. agaa (angaa) = agaaua. agaa ba'e (angaa b.). N(o). Footpath. agaa baka (angaa b.). N(o). Canoe course. agaaga (angaanga). Redup. of aga 2. 'aga'aga ('anga'anga). V. T o shout, dance, pray, as while carving a canoe, or to alleviate the pain of one being tattooed and to keep him from fainting. Ungatia re papa k e 'a., summon the sounding board that there be shouting dancing. See baka tau 'a., m a k o 'a., suki I . Rare. agaa ghagho (angaa ngagho). N(o). Buttonhole. Lit., button path. agaa hano (angaa h.). N(o). Road or path traveled on, esp. by gods; supernatural power (informants were uncertain in 1972). T e hatutigi nu a. h. o Tehainga'atua, thunder is the pathway of Tehainga'atua (he controls and wields thunder). K a go

+

ga'ua i na a. h. o Tchanojlgn, going to be bewitched on the pathway of Tehanonga (god of snakes). agaa manaha (angaa m.). N(o). Small homestead that is an annex to a larger rn., usually owned and occasionally inhabited by the owner of the latter. See kapaa m. agaa paga (angaa pznga). N(o). Small bush trail. Lit., crooked path. (T78:4.) agaa pua (angaa p.). NF. Betel nut cluster. (T225:4.) agaana (angaaua). Possessive (a-class, pl. possessed objects). Their (dual). (Gram. 5.2.) PNP alnaua. 'agaba ('angaba). NF. Large shark, probably black-tip o r mullet shark, ?Carchrlzinus spallanzani (Le Sueur). T o u sau 'a., your many 'a. sharks. See ex., nzatasin, T201:7. Der: 'agabaina. PPN 'alawa. aga 'eha (anga 'e.) = agatu'u. 'agagha ('angagha). NF. An edible mollusk found on coastal areas below cliffs, perhaps related to the tiaghagha. Rare. agaghalighali (angalighali). N(o). 1. Narrow passage between islets at the Lake. (T203: 2.) 2. Pathway at ends of houses (perhaps related to ghalinga, to stroll). aga haanonga (anga h.). N(a)V. Food brought along a trail; to take such food. K O ia e a. lz., he takes food along the trail. 'aga hakababage ('anga hakababange). V. T o be half awake. ' A . It. hakakibikibi, get up and walk blindly, half asleep. 'agahaki ('angahaki). V. 1. T o sleep restlessly and fitfully; to stroll, walk. K O anapoo n o k o manga 'a. ai art i tc tnasaki last night T just hardly slept because of sickness. PPN 'arafaki. 2. T o be rough, roaring, of the sea. -'agahia (-'angahia). haka'agahia. V. T o wake up, as one startled or frightened; to open the eyes. (TI[C]:6, T70:7.) B: 'nga. PPN 'araf ia. agaia (angaia). V. T o see or appear dimly, as in a bad dream; to assume the shape of a ghost; to seem strange or odd. K O au e a. kia te koe pe te 'atua, I appeared to you dimly like a ghost. hakaagaia. Caus.; to embody. B: aga I . 'agaipai ('angaipai). NF. Small stage of the hangamea fish; some are believed poisonous. agakese (angakese). N(o)V. Reprobate, wrongdoer, liar, deceiver, thief; to be such. Lit., strange path. K O koe te a., you are a reprobate. K O koe e a., you act like a deceiver. See kese. aga ki aga (anga k. anga). N(o). Bypath. aga ki moukn (anga k. m.). N(o). Trail leading from the homestead to the bush, usually

aga mata

to the women's defecation place. Pakosok o s o goa totza ngutu a. k . m., his toilet mouth rants (insult). (T212:7.) Restr. aga mata (anga m.). N(o). Peephole. agamaugi (angan~aungi).NF. A grass or herb, Vrydag:ynea. zga mu'a (anga m.). NFV. T o be the most ripe, of several clusters on a tree (coconuts, betel, geenzugi); the first to produce in a garden. See ex., aga n~rtgi,apo. aga mugi (anga mungi). NFV. T o be the least ripe, of clusters; the last to mature. N o k a t e to'o tvai t e a. mu's na'e gegeu; to'o m a i re a. in., e m o f o e binu gaoi, don't bring the most mature because [they are] too ripe; bring the least mature that are green and good drinking. See a. nru'a. aganga (anganga). N(o)V. Tool, as adze or knife; limb, as leg o r arm (T32); weapon; t o carry or have such tools or weapons. T e niasahu o 'atua, t e a. ogatou, the sacred object of gods is their weapon. T o ' o m a i t e kiba kart a. ai k i t o k u ' u m a n g a , bring me the knife and I'll carry it to my garden. PPN alanga. aga ngasau (anga ng.). N(o). Small hole or window in houses, formerly to shoot arrows through. Lit., arrow path. aga o maatu'a (anga o m.). N(o). On Re, the main trail, taken by Kaitu'u; the invisible pathway of the goddess Baabenga from Tesauma and Hagetapu (west of Kaagua, West Re) to the present anchorage of Tu'uga, formerly reserved for the gods (see Canoes, Plate 1). On Be, the cliff trail at Ahanga, where the ancestors first came. Lit., path of ancestors. Rare. aga oobaghi (anga 0.). N(o). Tiny path through the bush, as for hunting flying fox (peka). Lit., tangled path. See oobaghi. Rare. aga pigo (anga pingo) = a. k i ~ n o u k u .Lit., bad-smelling path. aga sirmga (anga s.). N(o), corn. Cross-path, bypath. (T16:6, T165.) agatou (angatoo). Possessive (a-class, pl. possessed objects). Their (pl.). (Gram. 5.2.) PNP alaatou. aga tutu'u (anga t.) = a. t u g u k i (see tuguki). Lit., trail for stopping. agatu'u (angatu'u). N(o), corn. Main trail through Re and Be, main highway at Honiara. K i a. (T59:2), to the main trail. 'aga tuutuu noa ('anga t. n.). See t . 'aga'unga ('anga'unga) = 'agunga. (T204:6.) age (ange). V. To go here and there, as many persons chasing chickens or driving fish; to penetrate the forest, as after rain; t o stir or rile, as the lagoon while beating sticks

to chase fish into a seine. E a. fe paolo k e labu, chasing the chicken to catch [it]. Der: agerlga I . 'agego ('angengo). NB. Tongue. (T115:2.) PPN 'alelo. See 'rlngalioa I . agelua (angelua). NF. Anemone fishes and clown fishes, e.g. Prernnas biaculcatus (Bloch). Also a sea anemone. Der: ageluaina. agenga (angenga). N(o). 1. People driving fish o r chasing objects. B: age. 2. Marks left in the forest by someone walking, as bent leaves, grass, o r ferns. agi (angi). 1. NF. General name for fiat fishes: flounders, soles, e.g., Pseudorhonzbus arsirts (Hamilton-Buchanan), Brachirus orienralis (Bloch and Schneider). The term a. may be qualified by pugepuge (spotted), pugepuge susugu (light spotted), pugcpuge 'ugi (dark spotted), susugu (light), tututurua (dotted), ' u g i (dark). Also, tagitagiua, tapungaohiti. See n u n u 2, T39:3, T48 (story). PPN ali. 2. V. T o hollow out or enlarge by turning, as with a knife in a hole (see paa 'anga); to strip, as taro. E a. t e rnataa ghaasi, cut out the center for diving glasses. E a. e ia a m o u k u , he strips the bush (for food). Der: agiagi. a ('angi). Exclamation. Goodness! My! Really! ' A . e 'eha utunga (T196:7), my, how much food! ' A . e gaoi, how very good. Lake. -'agi (-'an&. haka'agi. V. To dedicate, as a new canoe o r house; to show, demonstrate; to be married in church. H. tino, to show oneself, as after hiding, o r as a ghost o r worshipped ancestor. K O Jesus n o k o h. k i ona pegea llakaako i t e ma'ugi h o k i 'anga, Jesus revealed Himself to his apostles in the resurrection. T e takanga k u a h., the couple have been married in church. H. m a i t e buka kia t e a u , show me the book. Der: 'aginga, 'agingaki, haka'agi'agi. helaaka'agi'aki. T o show one another, compare. PPN faka'ali. agiagi (angiangi). Freq. of agi 2; to scoop out soft coconut flesh. 'agi'agi ('angi'angi). N(o)V. Night of the new moon, the first day of the lunar month; to be this. (N27.) -'agi'agi (-'angi'angi). haka'agi'agi. Freq. of haka'agi. See kai k. PPN faka'ali'ali. 'agigi ('angingi). NF. Turban shells, T u r b o ( T u r b o ) petllolatus L., Wolff 2:204, as used for spoons. T e 'a. o M u g a b a , Re turban shell. See k a n o h i m a t a , t u a i hakagoke, T208 (story). Der: 'agigiina. P N P 'alili. 'agigi mata saba ('angingi m. s.). NF. Tapestry

'ago gangi

turban shell, Turbo petholatus L. Lit., 'a. [with] protruding ends. agighi (angighi). NF. A large glzoboghoghi snake; the back is black, the belly yellowish. 'agiki ('angiki). N(o). Chief, headman, old gentleman; mother (honor., said by males, preceded by teenei). Kua hai a i re 'a., has thus become the chief. Teelzea teenei 'a.? Where is the chief? Where is my mother honor.)? See taua'a. PPN 'ariki. 'agiki 'amo ('angiki 'a.). N(o). Priest-chief carried on a platform (lzata) during rites. 'agiki 'eteaki ('angiki 'e.). N(o)VR. Chiefpriest (tunihenua) under rigorous taboo during certain rites during which he fasted and had no sexual relations; to act so. Lit., sacred chief. 'agiko ('angiko). V. To flee, run (pl.; cf. tege, sg.). Also, ha'agiko, he'agiko, he'egiko. he'agikonga. N(o). Flight, fleeing persons. (T235[A]:63 .) 'agikonga ('angikonga) = he'agikonga (above). 'aginga ('anginga). V. To be visible, clearly seen; to be distinguished, as a chief. T e ga'aa he'e 'a. i re poglzila, the sun is not visible because of being covered. B: -'agi. 'agingaki ('angingaki). V. T o report, as one's love affairs. he'agingaki'aki. Reciplpl. Rare. B: -'agi. agingi (angingi). NF. A small tree similar to ghaghaapuli. Re. 'agipaipai ('angaapaipai). NF. Centipede, Diplopoda, Wolff 1:62, considered the embodiment of non-worshipped deities ('apai) and a loathsome creature. (T97:28.) Der: 'agipaipaiina. -'agi tino (-'angi t.). See haka'agi. 'agito ('angito). NF. Firefly, Luciola sp., Wolff 1:62, seen inland, a rare phenomenon; they were believed to be the embodiment of the goddess Sikingimoemoe and might not be killed. See gege I, manubeetui, T172. 'agitoa, 'agitoina ('angitoa, 'angitoina). Multiplicative of 'agito. 'agitoa 'anga ('angitoa 'a.). N(o). Presence of fireflies. T e 'a. 'a. o te poo nei e matakutia i te m a n o e tino kinai nu tama'aunge, the fireflies tonight are frightening because maybe bad gods are embodied in them. ago (ango). 1. NF. Marsh crab, Sesarma; it is said to lay its eggs in the sea. See magabai, palolo. Der: agoa, agoina. 2. N(o). Three months of the year when the a. is caught, about November through January, called a. matakitaki (or a. tu'a giki), a. i goto, a. haka'oti. Also, pega.

'ago ('ango). N(o)V, com. Front, coastline, front of the human chest (honor. sequences honoring taukuka chest tattoo are listed below), interior; to face towards, go or come to. T e 'a. o re huge, the front (or inside) of the house. I togaa 'a., before them, in their presence. KO koe 'a. hehea? Whither are you going? See hatu 'a., tu'u 'a., utu 'a., T6(B):3. Der: 'agohi. haka'igo. V. T o turn towards, face. H. e koe ia te au, manga lae! You turn to me (to ask for something), but nothing! (T21:2.) hehaka'ago'aki. Recip. Der: 'ago'ago I , 'ago'agohaki. PPN 'aro. agoa (angoa). = agoina. 'ago'ago ('ango'ango). 1. V. To draw near, approach, as to meet a lover; to go here and there; to seek food, either on land or sea. he'ago'agohaki. V. To go back and forth, to and fro. B: 'ago. 2. NF. Grated coconut flesh. Bagu m a i rndaku ona 'a., grate me some coconut meat. 3. N(o). Comer, as of a village. 'ago'agohaki ('ango'angohaki). V. To go back and forth. B: 'ago. Der: he'ago'agolzaki. 'agoaki ('angoaki). 1. N(o)V. To lie between, put between, insert; male underpants. ' A u m a i t e hakauso o'oku ke 'a. ai toku trousers, give me my underwear to wear under my trousers. 2. V. To be punished, stricken, attacked; to attack, condemn. KO au e 'a. kinai na 'atua, I have been punished by the gods. T e pegea e hakamasi'i m a teegaa ka manga 'a. kinai ana tegeu'a, the person who makes friends with someone, but his feelings are to attack. Also, gagoaki, tu'anaki. he'agonki'aki. Recip. 'agobaa ('angobaa). N(o). Side of canoe with outrigger. E mamaha k i 'a., the outrigger side is heavy. 'ago ba'e ('ango b.). 1. NB. Back of knee or thigh; female tattooing there, old lady. See u'aa b., T177:3. haka'agoba'e. V. T o tattoo the back of knee or thigh. 'ago bag0 ('ango bango). N(o). Long strip of vine (as of rattan cane) as laid down in a garden (with yams planted on either side) to insure straight rows. See kapiti, puke. agobia (angobia). V . T o overflow; to be wet, soaked, moistened, anointed, as with turmeric. K O au e u k u m a te a. t e ghaasi, I was diving and the goggles were wet (inside). 'ago 'eha ('ango 'e.). V. T o be large; to have a large hole, as a pierced ear. E genagena toku ake o 'a. 'e., enlarge my shirt so as to be larger. haa'ago'eha. V. T o enlarge. 'ago gangi ('ango ngangi). NB. Sky chest, an

'ago gima

honor. reference to the tarikuka chest tattoo. Rare. 'ago gima ('ango ngima). NB. Palm of the hand. Also, 'agohi g. 'agogoha ('angongoha). PI. of 'agoha. See tzikrl 'a. he'agogoha'aki. Recip. -agogoo (-angongoo). hakaagogoo. N(o). Used sarong, lavalava, gee-~tring, trousers, or other garment worn about the waist, esp. for ork. (T50[B]: 1 1.) Rare. agoghapu (angoghapu). NF. A kind of indigenous cultivated taro, Colocasia antiq~iorunz Schott. similar to gartortgi with stems bright red on upper side. Der: agoghaprrina. 'agoha ('angoha). N(o)V, com. T o feel sorry for, pity; to be kind, merciful, compassionate, disappointed; expression o r feeling of sadness, love, pity; to have pity, mercy. H a k a m o t u t o k u 'agoltarza (end of song), end my expression of love (or grief) for you. K O a u c 'a. kia M o a , I feel sorry for Moa. M a m a h a to'a ai t o k u u s o i t e 'a., my heart was therefore deeply moved with loving emotion. (T50[B]:ll, T99:2.) Der: 'agogoka. haka'aagoha. V. To be pathetic, miserable, pitiful; to grieve, show affection. (T21:6, T210:3.) he'agoha'aki. V. T o be affectionate and friendly with one another. PPN 'alofa. 'agoha 'anga ('angoha 'a.). N(a)V. Sorrow, pity, affection; to have such. T e 'a. 'a. a M o a kia t e a u , Moa's affection for me. (T235[A]: 15.) 'ago hage ('ango hange). N(o). Interior o r front of a house. (T8:5.) ago haka'oti (ango h.). See ago 2. 'agohaina ('angohaina). V. T o be blessed, fortunate, beloved, pitied. ' A . t e 'aamonga nei, this island is blessed. See ex., nza'ugisia. ?agohaina 'inga ('angohaina 'a.). N(o). Good fortune, luck. 'agohaki ('angohaki). V. To paddle or go back and forth. S e h u 'a., to walk all over (sg.). Also, he'agohaki. B: a'ago. PPN 'alofaki. 'agohana ('angohana) = 'agoha -nu. 2. See 'agoha. 'agohanga ('angohanga). NA. 1. Shark fishing, paddling. E lzano t e 'a., to go shark fishing (or paddling). B: a'ago 1,2. PPN 'alofanga. 2. Paghahu fish trap and place for netting paghahu fish. Lake. 'agohi ('angohi). 1. N(o). Front. See 'a. gangi, 'a. ginla. B: 'ago. PPN 'arofi. 2. VR. To sweep or fan ritually and thus render taboo. 'agohia ('angohia). Pasltr. of a'ago. S o p o k i t o k u baka k e 'a., get i ~ t omy canoe and paddle. 'agohi gangi ('angohi ngangi). N(o). Visible sky. See tu'aa gangi.

+

'zgohigangigigipo ('a~gohlngangingingipo). N(o). Dark heavens, a suggested name for the universe. Rare. 'qohi ginla ('angohi nglma). NB. Palm of the hand. inner surface of the arm. E para lii t e 'a. g., equal to the distance from wrist to tip of index finger. Also, 'ago gitna. PPN 'arofi limn. 'Agohi-Gfmn ('Angohi-Ngha). NF. Yam, probably Dcraape. Honor. ago i goto (ango i ngoto). See a g o 2. agoina (angoina). Multiplicative of ago I (agoa is less corn.). 'ago kainanga ('ango k.). N(o). Inner edge of the sides of the cult grounds. 'ago kaukau ('ango k.). N(o). Lake shore (Re), shore (Be). agolaa (angolaa). N(o). Passage between islands, as between Re and Be, or between Guadalcanal and Be; border, as between villages. 'agomakau ('angomakau). N(o). Strong wind, gust. Lit., enemy front. E a'u t e 'a., the strong wind comes. ago matakitaki (ango m.). See a g o 2. 'ago mate ('ango m.). V. T o face death; to have lost more than one spouse. K O ia e 'a. rn., he faces death (said of one whose wives or husbands die one by one). 'ago momoge ('ango momonge). NB. Smooth chest, an honor. name for t a u k u k a chest tattoo. 'agomononga ('angomononga). N(o). Area in lagoon shallows where fish run, as fishing holes and stone weirs. K e b o o k a i kaui i re 'a., let's go fishing in the stone weirs and holes. Rare on Be. 'agomona ('angomuna). V. T o chat. ' A . ghagho, to chat and complain. Kitatou manga 'a. ki na rnc'a k a g o hai, we are discussing the things to do. haka'agomuna. V. T o chat about various subjects. 'agomuna 'anga ('angomuna 'a.). NA. Conversation. 'agongo ('angongo). NF. A surgeonfish, probably blue-lined surgeonfish, Acanthrtrus linearus (L.), similar to api, sacred t o Guatupu'a and her brother. (T61:5.) Der: agongoina. PPN alongo. agopaa (angopaa). NF. A kind of ancient taro both wet and dryland, said to have been named for a god, a tngo gcka variety. 'ago pae ('ango p.). N(o). Bush behind settlement where persons defecate. Lit., refuse front. (T140:3.) 'ago polo ('ango p.). NF. Interior of a coconut. 'ago ponga ('ango p.). NB. Front of thighs close to genitals. See 'a. tenga. Restr.

'aha 'agopo'ou ('angopo'ou). N(a)V. T o have a first child, usually but not always said of women; t o form first fruits, as coconuts or papayas; first-born child; first fruits. KO Tebegi kua 'a., Tebegi has had a first-born. KO Moa re 'a. a Tebegi, Moa is Tebegi's first child. Rare. 'agopo'ou 'anga ('angopo'ou 'a.). N(a). First born; first fruit. 'ago sinu ('ango s.). N(o). Blackish-blue chest, an honor. name for the t ~ z t k u k a chest tattoo. Rare. 'ago tae ('ango t.). N(o). Net portion of flying-fish net (tae). 'agotahi ('angotahi). 1. NF. Abalone, Haliotidae, Abbott 24. Some people interchange 'a. and 'agotasi. 2. V. To use ordinary language, whether restricted or not. See tahi 3. 'ago tasi ('ango t.). V. T o face the same way. Some say 'a. talti. 'ago tenga ('ango t.) NB. Front of thighs and tattooing there, a euphemism for the restr. 'a. ponga. 'Agotokitehoe ('Angotokitehoe). NP. Mautikitiki's middle brother. (T34[B]:8.) 'agotoo ('angotoo). V. T o come o r go far. ' A . mai au k i te huge nei, I came far to this house. ago tu'a giki (ango t. ngiki). Same as a. matakitaki. 'agotu'u ('angotu'u). V. T o shoot accurately, as with gun or sling; to hit and not miss. E 'a. a Moa k i na manu, Moa shoots birds accurately. 'ago tu'u ('ango t.). N(o). Base of a cliff. 'ago u'a ('ango u.). NB. Throat and taukuka chest tattooing there, the first part of the taukuka to be done. 'ago 'ugu'ugu ('ango 'ungu'ungu). N(o). Inner side of reef. agu (angu). 1. V. T o stir with the hands, as geemugi in a calabash (baka geemugi); to gesture with hands. A. ake te supu na'e kaa bega, stir the soup so not to be burned. E a. e Moa te 'aaunga o te 'ugu, Moa gestures the hand movements of the opening chant. Der: aguagu. Perhaps PPN halu. 2. NF. Barracudas, sea pikes, Sphyraena jello Cuvier, S. genie Klunzinger. Informants tell of two kinds off Re, one that usually goes in schools and does not attack humans, and one that usually goes singly and attacks humans. Der: aguina. 3. NF. Next-to-thelast growth stage of the mango vine. Perhaps PPN alu. 'agu ('angu). V, com. T o follow, chase, go or come after, copy, mimic. (TI7 [B] :7,

T88:3.) Der: 'a. 'ia. he'agumalti, he'qutaki. V . T o go with, accompany; to do fast, as t o finish. H. re ma'aga ke 'oti tena boga 'anga, work fast in the fallow garden to finish its clearing. he'agumi, 'sgumi. V, com. T o race. he'agumi 'anga. NA. Race, footrace, racing. he'agurninga. NA. Race, footrace. PPN ' a h . aguagu (anguaaagu). V. 1. Freq. of agu I . Perhaps PPN haluhalu. 2. To swear to the truth, in or out of court. KO au e a. i te nzau'ogi au, I swear because I'm right. 'agu'agu ('angu'angu). Redup. of 'agrt; to chase, follow after. (T133: 10.) Der: he'agu'ugu, Ile'agu'agumaki, he'agu'agutaki, he'agunzaki. Ma tamagiki e he'agu'agumaki ia tetatou tamana, the children come with their father. PPN 'alu'alu. 'agumzki ('angumaki). See 'agu. 'agumi ('angumi). See 'agu. 'agumia ('angumia). V. T o be followed, chased; to chase. 'agunga ('angunga). N(o). People ashore, ashore, upper or high places or people, top. K i te tau 'a., to the high places. Pa'asi k i 'a., shore side. See ga'unga, tu'ake, T98. 'agungaa polo ('angungaa p.). NA. Soccer game. Kitatou boo hiinai k i te 'a. p., we go to watch the ball game. 'agungaa polo gima ('angungaa p. ngima). NA. Rugby game. 'agu'oti ('angu'oti). V. To be overcome with grief. KO Moa e. 'a. tona ugurrgrc ku mate, Moa is prostrate with grief for his wife who has died. Rare. Der: 'a. 'anga. 'agu polo ('angu p.). N(o)V, corn. T o play soccer; soccer player. See ex., p. gege. Lit., chase ball. 'agu polo gima ('angu p. ngima). V. T o play rugby. Lit., hand-chase ball. -'agutaki (-'angutaki). See 'agu. aghaagha. N F . A morning glory, Iponzoea congesta R. Br., often called kart a. aghalaghi. See ghaghalaghi. aghoagho. V. To smile in embarrassment, smirk. K o au e a. i te hakapa'a e Moa ia te au, I smiled because Moa embarrassed me. heaghoagho'aki. Reciplpl. aghoagho 'anga. NA. Smiling, smirking. E 'ika'ika i te a. 'a. kinai a Moa, angry because Moa smirked at her. 'aha. 1. NA. Mesh gauge for nets. See ex., sika 2. PNP 'afa. 2. N(o). Central vertical tattooed rectangle on a man's chest, named for the gauge, and flanked on either side by the hakapulonga. T e tino 'a. (T115:1), body with 'a. tattooing. See Izakapulonga. 3. V. T o enlarge, increase, exaggerate. E 'a.

ahaa e TeOegi re nXe, Tebegi makes the shirt larzer. ahaa. N(o). Storm. See ex., logu. PPN afaa. 'aha'aha. V. T o walk with legs apart. KO in e sehu 'a., he walks with legs apart (not a polite comment, as individual may have sores). Rare. 'aha bugho. NA. Mesh gauge for seines. 'ahagi ('ahangi). NF. A fish similar to pogo. ahanga. N(o). Public place. ahato. NF. Longicorn beetle, Olethriris tyrranus Thompson, Wolff 2:131, highly desired as food; its use and detailed life cycle were learned from the kiti. Informants are uncertain as to the ,mothersand(( in the eyes; to be crumbling, of spoiled food (see ex.. rnallu). -gebei (-ngebei). hegebei = gebegebea. n'a utunga ta'o kri rnallu o h., the baked food is rotten and mouldy. geckaa (ngeekaa). N ( o ) V . Small portion; to be small, meager. ' A a b a k i g., to help just a bit. E hai ma'au t e 'eha, lcae lzai rna'aku t e g., you take most and I'll take least (honor.). T e g. o t e utunga, the smallest part of the food. (T219:6.) B: geka. Geekee (Ngeekee). NP. A star name. geemugi (ngeemungi). NF. An important tree, Ilaplolobus floribundus (Schum.) Lamk. The flesh of the fruit is pounded into a highly appreciated pudding and is heated t o produce a nutritional oil that may last iive years. The seeds also are eaten. The white sap of the trunk is smoked black for torches (pugu) and formerly for tattooing dye. An elaborate technical vocabulary exists for 7. harvesting, preparation, and rituals. (See hakaa g., gogo g., graki, glzaisaga, hati, lala, nzaghiglzape 2 , tnalai, ntrssi, paikea, prtlrcgi. samu, tau ti'aki, takapau m a t a , tio, runut ? ~ a a g o tunupata.) , G. was considered a gift ( t o n u ) of the god Tehainga'atua. G. uses are believed t o have been taught by the Iziti. A tree whose seed was planted by Ternon of Matahenua, Be, in 1945 bore its first fruit in 1962. Bearing is said to be sporadic and infrequent. Ripening stages are not firmly fixed and informants disagree. One list includes in this order lapugha, mataga, laka n i bagobago, ta'e kirnoa l u n u , ta'e Iiit?~oa tama, ta'e kirnoa tnatu'a, tunupata tania, tunupata rnatu'a, nonoa, peala, n i h o ohato, hetongi'aki, segha (or glzaasegha), sinu, tango liga, sinu tege, kigi becgugu. Some informants add saekapa as a final stage when the fruit is shriveled up and useless. (See also heohi 2.) Varieties recognized include ar7irr-

gei

lege, apuangi, apugeu, aprisaaunga, ghabaglzaghi, glzagl~anzala, kagaaloghuloghu, kagoatna, loga, nznangi, mago'ibaka, nzago'igie, matamata, simo, simo bagake, simo glzairnega, suibaghigho, suimagibae (some of these may be honor. names). See Canoes, p. 423 and N79. geesaki, hakageesaki (ngeesaki, hakangeesaki.). V. To appear attractive or strong at first sight, but to prove to be unattractive or weak; to think with affection of an absent person or place. KO Moa e g. mai te to'a, kae lologi, Moa at a distance looks strong, but is weak. Te laoa e g. mai e gaoi, nimaa rau'i e au, 'ai e maase'i, the cloth looked good when I bought [it], [it] was bad. (T50 [B]: 14, T76[A]:4.) geeua (ngeeua). V. T o persist, continue, want to continue (most com. with he'e). KO au e he'e g. kau hano, I hesitate to go. KO au e g. taku hai 'anga kau llano, I still have my reasons and want to go. Rare. gege (rrgenge). 1. NAVY com. To jump, fly, leap, swing; sling (T235[B]:19), swing. See gegema'ugi, T84:6. baagege. V. To fly, as young birds or an airplane; t o jump; to swing someone; t o make fly, jump, or to do something fast; to spring back, as a rubber on a sling. E tupu b., to grow fast. KO au noko b. ia Pnnila i te gege, I swung Panila on the swing. See tata b. hebaagege'aki. V. T o fly or swing back and forth. hegegehaki. V. To leap or fly back and forth. h. 'anga. N(a). Flights back and forth. I ana h. 'a. (T16:ll), on his travels back and forth. hegegei. V. To fly, leap (pl.). H. 'qqito nn mata, to see ))stars.our genitals (restr. insult). See k a n o gh., punuca ~ h . ghoghii. See ghoghaa. ghoghipii. NF. A variety of hrtti ta'ane plantain, probably Mrisa paradisiaca L. ghogho (ngogho). V. T o be branching; to be curly, kinky, as long hair. ghoghobiu. NF. Rennell shrikebill. Clytorh y n c l ~ u sItarnlini (Mayr), Wolff 7:22. ghogho gigiki (ngogho ngingiki). V. T o form young leaves, as of yam tendrils. ghoghogho (ghoghongo). V, com. T o depend on. Manga gh. i te pegea 'igo'igo, just depends on intelligent people. He'e gh., makes n o difference; no special rules; anyway. Ne'e gh. kia Puia m a M o a , not limited to Puia and Moa, hakaghoghogho. V. T o single out for favors, be partial to, favor or like one only, depend or rely on. K a i lz., t o eat fastidiously. He'e I?., it makes no difference. T e tauiku manga 11. kia tcna Ilaanau, the old man depends on his children. K O ia mnrzga 'agoha h. k i ona pegea, he has compassion solely for his own relatives. hehakaghoghogho'aki. Recip'pl. T o help or exchange presents with kinsmen only. ghoghoghogho (ngoghongogho). V. T o tear a hole in the ear lobes with the fingers in mourning, esp. for one's mother. K O Polo n o k o gh. i t e m a l e 'anga a te tarnarza, Paul tore his ears on the death of the father. hakaghoghoghogho. V. T o tear someone else's ear lobes, as in fighting. ghoghoo. 1. V. T o have a small aperture or hole, as the buttocks. Tort tobigha e gk. m a i , your buttocks aperture is facing this way. U g e gh., penis hole (an insult to men). Soni gh., vagina hole (an insult to women). See ex., kanga. RESTR. 2. NF. A rare bird resembling raba; its cawing is a bad omen. See lugu. RESTR. ghoghoo 'anga. N(a). Hole, opening. RESTR. ghoghopagho (ghongopagho). NF. A rare wild yam ('uhi) with branching edible bulbils and tubers. See kaukauniatago. Der: glzoghopa,ohoina. ghoghu (ngoghu). V . To be bent, curved; to make a circle o r curve of any kind; to droop, as yam vines. E gh. n a hakasapa k c tau, draw a curve on the buttock cheeks for tattooing. G h . a k e t e bugho, make a circle of the seine.

-ghoghu (-ghobu). baaghoghu (baaghobu). V. T o strike, as a sounding board, tapa anvil, o r tree trunk in anger; to sound. (T182.) ghoghughoghu (ngoghungoghu). NB. Intestines, guts. Nggela loghuloglrrc. ghoghunga. See ngoghunga. gholi. NFV. Moss at Lake bottom or in taro swamps; to have moss. See ripo gh. gboligholi. P1. of gholi. gholigholi 'ua. V. To rain a little, sprinkle. (T159[B]:3.) gholii. V. T o be noisy, garbIed, especially of loud but indistinct noise (of persons). A J o k o gh. toto'a t e rnanaha, the village was very noisy. See ex., gonga'n 2. gholii 'anga. N(a). Noise, racket. gholiina. V. T o be much gholi. gholoba. N(o)V, com. Time, hour; t o be a time. T o e 'eha na gh., there is much more time. P o e glz. hakaa (T17[B]:4)? And at what time? M a n g a hai rza glr., sometimes. T e rni'igltoloba e sigi, a little while ago. gholongi. NF. A kind of boiato yam. hakagbolongi. V. T o form a gholongi tuber. ghomiti. NF. Various spiders that bite (as Gastcracantha sp.); one has a yellow body and long black legs and black head. Talise ghomiti. gbongopagho. See ghoghopagho. ghosghunga (ngooghunga). N(o). Curve; curved portion of tattoo on upper thighs of males. ghootoi. V. T o behave like, resemble in actions. (N66:2.) Also, rnootoi. Der: heghootoi'aki. ghope. NF. 1. A yam Dioscorea bulbifera L., with light-skinned bulbils; similar to a b u b u , but with yellowish flesh in its tuber and fruit. 2. V. T o be whitish, only of a kind of coconut and gh. I. See niu g17. Rare. ghopeghope. V. TO be thin, as paper. ghoso ugi (gh. ungi). NF. A small taro sprout. ghotata. NF. Edible thorny oyster, Spondylus ducalis Roding, Wolff 2:206. Der: ghotataina. ghotoghotoi. V. T o throb, palpitate. G h . t e u a , the pulse beats. B: ghofoi. ghotoghotoi 'anga. N(o). Throbbing, palpitation. T e glz. 'a. o t e ghaghapoa, the throbbing of the boil. ghotoi. V. T o pull back o r off, flinch; to be startled or shocked; to pull back as when losing one's temper, t o cut off sharply, as sounds in singing. See ina gh., masaki gh., T84:7, T115:2, T160:2, T235[A]:52. Der: gltotoghotoi, keghotoi'aki.

ghuughii.

A few Bellonese words beginning with ng- begin with gh in Rennellese and are entered under gh-. ghou. I. NF. Black bittern, Dupetor flavicollis woodfordi (Ogilvie-Grant), Wolff 7:11, only on Re. Gh. may be qualified by the colors susugu (light), uga (red), 'ugi (dark). (T54:S.) Der: ghouina. Guadalcanal ghorr. 2 = gkoughou. ghoughou. V . T o be long and slanting. Tu'u gh., to stand slightly bent over, as to look for something. Rare. Talise ngghoungghou, tall, high. ghuaghi (nguaghi) = puaghi. Rare. ghubi. V. T o blow, as on a wind instrument, conch, or fire; to blow, as the wind; to fan, as a fire. Der: laaghubi, maghubi, tnaghubighubi. Birao, Nggela ubia. ghubighubi. V. Freq. of ghubi. E gh. re matangi, the wind blows. Na haahine e gh. e kigatou na pegea, women fan people. Talise ghubighubi. ghugha toaha (ngugha t). NF. A tree believed related to guna; its fruits have large seeds. ghughia. NF. A Re type of kape related to kape Paugo. Re. ghughu (ngughu). V. T o be rotten, as clothes not dried properly; mouldy. ghughubia (ghungubia). 1. Pasitr. of ghrrghu. 2 = ghuubia.

ghughughubia (ghungughungubia). V. T o be dead-ripe, of bananas. ghughutia (ngughutia). Pasltr. of ghughu. See N228(A):7. Rare. ghulughulu. V. T o grow thickly, as grass, hair. Rare. ghumia. NF. General name for threadfins, e.g., Polydactylus spp., Polynemus spp.. com. ghuna, ghunai. NA. European spoon. Rare. ghunu. NF. Tridacna crocea Lamarck. Der: ghunuina. ghungubia. See ghughubia I, 2. ghungughungubia = ghughughubia. ghupo. N(o). Tattooing design, perhaps of a fish, on various parts of the bodies of men and women; the patterns often are in vertical series; they are also called lipo, which is said to be an older name. ghusupono (ghisupono). 1. NF. A rather large brown weevil, Curculionidae. 2. V. T o be stupid. ghuubia (ghungubia). V. T o be drunk, dizzy, as from chewing betel. ghuughii. V. T o squeak (of flying fox). Tasimboko ghuu, to shout. See ghoghaa.

.w

For causcztives beginning witlz haa-, delete rhe prefix haa- al?d look for tlze stem.

haa. 1. V. T o be born. T e 'ao 11. ai, birthday.

- .- hakahaa. V. T o lay eggs, as a turtle. 2.

...

'

' N(o)V. Four, fourth, four times; to be four.

hakahaa. N(o)V. T o do four times; second and sixteenth nights of the month; to be such. PPN faa. 3 = kai 1 , 2, 3 , 4 (esp. on Be). 4. N(o). The letter 'h'. Eng. . haa-. Variant of the causatives baa- and haka-, . ,in some instances with the nuance t o do deliberately, or cause someone else to do something; words with h.- are entered under the base; f o r haakaukau, see kaukau; for haamene, see rnene. (Gram. 8.4.) PPN faa-. ha'a. 1. N(o). Stalk, as of taro, banana, papaya; stem, as of flowers. PPN fa'a. 2. V. T o be cracked. Der: Ita'a gua, ha'aha'a, tza'aha'a 'anga, ha'asia, ka'asia 'anga, haha'a, maaha'a, maha'a, maka'aha'a. PPN fa'a. haa'aki. V. T o give a new name, as to a cult site or homestead; to promise to the gods (R). N o k o It. e Iho re ingoa ngaguenga k o Te'aturnatangi, Iho gave the temple name Te'atumatangi. Rare. haa 'anga. N(o). Birth. haa angahugu (h. angahungu). N(o)V. T o be 40. (Category 1 , Gram. 7.2.). - haabageba (haabangeba). See -bageba. haabinu. See binu. haaebeebe.Seeebeebe. haa'ege (haa'enge). NV. Woman with a newborn child; t o have a new-born child. See - huge h. haa'ege 'anga (haa'enge '2.). N. State of being a woman with a new-born infant. K u a 'oti tena h. 'a., her period of having a new child is over. haa'ego (haa'engo). See 'ego. haa'egu (haa'engu). V . T o wipe, as after defecation. ' A u m a i h e gaukei kau h. a f , give me some leaves to wipe with. H. mai i tou ta'e nei, wipe on your feces here (demean.). ?

-

See pepa 11. Der: h. 'ariga, ha'egunga. PPN f a(a)'elu.

haa'enge. See haa'ege. haa'engo. See haa'ego. haa'engu. See haa'egu. haagiki (haangiki). 1. N(o). Mischievous supernatural, deceitful person; evil spirit (Christian). N a 11. songo, devils. (Canoes, pp. 62, 423, T190:4.) hakahaagiki. V. To destroy, harm, deceive, bedevil. T e 'atua e h. kia pegea, the gods harm men. KO teenei manga h. ai na makau, enemies have been here to work harm. 2. NAV. Mat, table mat, object lying under anything; to lie under; to be spread upon. T e polo lama h. i he gau niu, the young coconuts lying on (or under) coconut leaves (R). PPN faaliki. haagikia, hakahaagikia (haangikia, hakahaangikia). Pas/tr. of haagiki I; to be bedeviled, to hex. See ex., fo'o gima. ha'agiko (ha'angiko). See 'agiko. haaginga (haanginga). 1 = tauhaaginga. 2. V . Even though, while (sometimes used slightingly). H. gaa a M o a kua niigi ai au, I ; ~ P a'u koe, 'ai k o koe e to'u, even though I'ni fighting Moa, still you come and you're so strong (sarcastic). haagiugiu (haangiungiu). See giugiu. haagogomi (haangongomi). See gogonti. ha'a gua (h. ngua). V. T o cut in two, as a coconut or a watermelon; to open, as a crevice; to be riled, as the sea by a passing ship. Kegi 11. g., to dig, as a hole for planting something. T e moana e h. g. e te balia. the sea is riled by the canoe. B: ha'a 2. Der: ha'agua 'anga. haaghagha (haangagha). See ghagha I . haahaa. 1. V. T o grope, feel; to knead, as fokonaki pudding. Manga mate h., to say without being certain. See nzoe h., T55:3. Der: k . 'anga. PPN faafaa. 2. N(a)V. To traveI far, esp. by canoe; travels, trip. voyag-

ha'ao

For causatives begiizrzing with haa-, delete the prefix haa- and look for the stem.

ing, wandering; attack, esp. at night. Harzo h., to travel far, as t o strange, unknown places. KO au e hano taku 11. k i Mugaba, I am making my trip to Re. ha'aha'a. V. To cut into pieces; to cut intervening sections in a canoe log; to separate into morphemes, as words. H. ilo, to slice. E 11. k o ba'i kupu lzaingata'a, to analyze every difficult word. B: ha'a 2. haahaao'o. P1. of haao'o. haa hakasigi (h. hakasingi). V. To be stillborn; to be born, of a foetus; to be a premature birth. T e halzine e h. 11. tena tina'e, the woman has a stillborn child from her womb. Rare. haahine. N(o)Vqual, com. Women, female (always pl.) T e hekau l ~ . , women's work. Kasitonzu o h., menstruation (euphemism). hakahaahine. Vqual. To be inactive or weak; to be mild, meek, virtuous, patient, not fighting back. KO ia e nolzo h., he has a mild nature. B: halzine. PNP faafine. haa hugemutu (h. hungemutu). V. To be born prematurely, as without fingers. Lit., thumb birth. Rare. haaia = Izahai 'ia (Izalzai 2). H. tona giu, its canoe hold was chopped out. Poetic. haa iho = hai iho. (T20:13.) haaite. N(o)V. Height T l l l ) , distance, depth, instrument for taking soundings, ruler: to take measurements, measure, weigh. Kun 11. e kigcrtort fe Gono, they measured the depth of the Lake. (Not an Eng. loan.) haaite 'anga. V. T o measure, etc. haaitenga, hakahaaitenga. N(a), pl. Habit, custom. choice. Ana lzakahaaiienga te kaia'a e ia, his habit is to steal. Aku hnknhnnitenga te hai lzelcau po te he'e hai hekau, my privilege is to work or not to work. Hai goa i nu hakalzaaitenga ia te koe, such has long been your custom (to bring gifts). Honor. haakaiahi. See kaiahi. haakaukau. See kaukau. haakinga. N(o). Sprouts, shoots, cuttings, as of bananas, yams, panna, taro, abubu (poetic); plucked fruit; people plucking. Gaku aru ai i te haakingana, plentiful there with sprouts. Poetic. See pugapuga. B: lzaki. haaloi. See Ioi. haamoe. See moe. haamu'a. See mu'a. haa mu'a. V . To be born first. haanaki = haganaki. See pou 12.

haanau. N(a). Children (classificatory sons and daughters), spouse of 'igaanzutu. Taku h., my children (either true children or children of classificatory siblings). A k u h., my children (mingled own classificatory children and those of others). hTa 11. o Mugiki, the children of Be (0-class, as the reference is spatial). KO ba'i pegea nu lz. a God, everyone is a child of God. (T207:2.) Der: haihaanau, lzanaunga. PPN famu. ha'aniu. N(o). Canoe or ship sides. Haanonga. NP. Name for Tehainga'atua. Lake. haanga. V. 1. T o be four, fourth. Noko h. gau (T235[A]:86), there were four hundred. 2. T o be forty (if followed by hiiniu, kau, kuini); to be four hundred (if followed by gau, hua, ahe, kaulzusi, huata, mano). (Gram. 7.2.) ha'anga. N(o). Cross cousin of opposite sex. (Canoes, p. 13.) haanga 'ao. N(o). Wednesday. Lit., fourth day. haangagha. See glzaglza 1. haangai. 1. V. T o feed, give food. H. e Taupongi i te lzu'aiuturzga (T235[B]:3), Taupongi gave a huge feast. H. e ia ia re au, he fed me. (T235[A]:12.) haahaangai. Caus. hehaangai'aki. V. To feed one another. Der: haalzaangai, h. 'anga. PPN faangai. 2.N(o). Serious epidemic. Haangai-Henua. NP. Land-Feeder, an honor. term of address. haangiki. See haagi1;i 1, 2. ha'angiko. See ha'agiko. haanginga. See haaginga. haangiungiu. See haagfugiu. haangongo. NA. Coconut-shell container. See gcnga, sahu, son lz., tugihaangongo. Also, paangongo. haangongomi. See Itaagogoml. haangota. V. T o fish or gather shells, esp. by women on the reef. Na haahine boo ke It., the women have gone fishing and mollusk gathering. PPN faangota. haangotanga. N(o). Group of people fishing on the reef, such fishing. haangota poo. V. To be mid-afternoon. Lit., night fishing. (N40[1]:5.) ha'a ngua. See ha'a gua. haanguna = hahangu; to sound loud, as voices. T e marangi e 11. nzai gango, the wind roars from the west. Oku ba'e noko h. i te sautapu, my feet that had stamped loud in dancing grounds. (T96:6.) Poetic. ha'ao. V. To take, capture, snatch, rob. (T178:

ha'ao 'anga

&$??+=

For causarives beginnirlg ~3itl.thaa-, delete the prefix haa- arfd look for the stern.

10.) heha'ao, heha'ao'aki. V. T o take or pull back and forth; to interact. in competition or as friends. ha'ao 'anga. V. Capture, taking. I te 11. 'a. ai e Iho, when Tho took them. haao'o. Vqual. T o be bent forward, stooping. Tu'u I?., t o stand bent forward, lean. Singa 11. mai, to doze bending down. hakahaao'o. Caus. G i u k., to turn over, capsize. See ex, ~ n p i n o ,m o e It., T123:7. Der: lzaahaao'o, 11. -'anga, hao'o. haasepo. See sepo. ha'asia (tapasia). V. T o be cut, as feet on coral or stone; to have such a cut. B: ha'a 2. hasua. NF. General name for giant clams or Tridacnas, esp. horseshoe clam, Hippopus -. hippopus L., Wolff 1:62. See 'isi; Canoes, p. . . . 427, Tridacna. PPN faasrta. haatugi (haatungt) = hatrttugi. hastunga. N(o). Tune, as of fungi or love chant; pitch. Nimaa ro'o k i 'agunga te h. tnngi, m a re tukrt k i gago tona umege; . nimaa to'o hakatootonu te h. tangi, ro'o k i 'agringa te rcnzege, when the pitch of the rnngi is raised, the chorus goes down; when the pitch of the rangi is even, the chorus i~ raked. hakahaatanga. V. T o compose, as a tcln,gi or love chant. H. e. Tehrgi a M o a ki torla o w , Tebeyi composed for Moa in her love chant. B: 1zatu 2. Der: hnkahaatrtnga 'ia. haatunga, hsatungaa qual. (N(o)V. T o fold, as a covering; a fold. H . uka, coiled rope. 11. a Moa i te kahu, Moa folds the large tapa (over himself to sleep). Ku malagi te I~aatungaabaglru, the fold in the baghu mat ,- is tom. B: hatu 3. haatungaa ba'e. NB. Knee joint. haatungaa gima (11. ngima). NB. Anticubital fossa, elbow joint. haatungaa hage (11. hange). N(o). Rattan cane lashing, as for roof purlins. haatungaa mania gima (h. rn. nglma). NB. Finger joint. -haatunga 'ia. hakahaatunga 'ia. V. To use words or phrases of one song in another song. T e huaa m a k o n o k o h. 'i. o hai ai te kananga, [parts of] the huaa m a k o song were taken to make the love chant. haatnngi. See haatrigi. haauu. See uu I . haau'u. See ~ ' 1 1 . ha'egunga (ha'engunga). N(a). Toilet paper; leaves or stick so used. Kai ma'au na h., C

+

-

eat for yourself some anus n.ipers (insult). haga (hanga). NF. Pandanus, of great value for thatch and mats. T r pofu I?., a piece of pandanus (demean. name for mat). (Canoes. p. 425, pandanus.) PPN farn. hagaga (hanganga). V. T o be slanting, leaning, bent; to lean against. A'oho h., to lean back. as in a chair. Tu'u h., to stand with legs apart. Der: 11. 'arzga. PPN falala. haga Gotuma (hanga hTgotuma) = llaga fa'o. Possibly Pandanus odorifer (Forti) Kuntze. Lit., Rotuma pandanus. hagai (hangai) = seke, but without the restr. connotation; to not fit well. E h. te Da'e o M o a , Moa's ankle is sprained; a bone in h4oa's leg slips out of joint. E 11. te sasaga i te pou, the beam slips off the post. E 11. a M o a i re niu o toiho, Moa slips from the coconut palm and falls down. Der: hakallngai, 11. 'anga. haga isi (hanga i.). NF. A rare pandanus. haga lagua (hanga langua). NF. A kind of

anda anus. haga Malagu (hanga Malangu). NF. A kind of pandanus with green or orange fruits and smooth leaves. haganaki (hanganaki). V. T o strike or lean against, buffet; to find shelter o r protection. K O au e 11. i te ~zohonga, I lean back on the chair. T e ngagrt e hinake o 11. k i re 'ugu'ugu, the wave advances and buffets the reef. K O au e It. i re 'ana i te 'aso e 'ua, I find shelter in the cave on days of rain. Also, Izahanaki. See port 11. Rare. haga sibigi (hanga sibingi). NF. A rare pandanus, perhaps named for the sihigi lory. haga soga @anga songa). NF. Pandanus duOius Spreng. haga takape (hanga t.). NF. A rare thornless pandanus, Pandanris dubius Spreng. haga ta'o (hanga Ngotuma). NF. A kind of pandanus, called a hiti pandanus because of its ancient lineage. Lit., baked pandanus. Also, 11. Goturna. hage (hange). 1. N(o), corn. House, hut, building, household, people in a house; back, as of a coconut crab; reef crevice. H . o na pegea llai songo 'ia, house of wrong-doers, prison. See mu'aalzage. PPN fale. 2. N(o)V, corn. Kind, shape, form; to be many kinds. hakahage. V. T o pretend. Der: hakahagehage, moullage. WUV fale. hage 'ati buka (hange 'a. b.). N(o). Library, book shop. Lit., house piles books.

hage puteni

I

I

I

I

hage baalui polo (hange b. p.). N(o). Coprasmoking shelter. hagebaka (hangebaka). N(o). Platform where tubers (yams, panna) are placed for sprouting. Also, hage hai pugapuga. hage bibinu (hange b.). N(o). Bar, tavern, drinking house. hage boe (hange b.). N(o). Single men's house. Lit., boy house. hage 'eha (hange 'e.). N(o). Large house, formerly one with a shelf (hatn). hage gahumanu (hange ngahumanu). N(o). Government house. hage gau (hange ngau). N(o). Thatched house, known in the Solomons as a leaf house. hage gau niu (hange ngau n.). N(o). Temporary coconut-leaf hut. hage gau niu pa'asi (hange ngau n. p.). N(o). Ancient house with one side open, as the tabiloe. Lit., house [with] coconut-leaf side. Rare. hage genga (hange ngenga). N(o)R. House with turmeric. hage gima (hange ngima). N(o). Five households; five descent groups established on Be. (N66:73 and Canoes p. 56, Genealogy 5.) hage gugu (hmge ngungu). N(o). House frame lashed (gugu) but not yet thatched. hage gugu hatukaso (hange ngungu h.). N(o). A house without curved rafters; house with lashed kaso (rafters). hage ghag'na (hange ngagha). NA. A string figure. hage haa'ege (llange haa'enge). NCo). Temporary coconut-leaf hut where a mother and her new-born infant arc tnkcn (thc birth is outside) to stay until the navel cord has fallen and the infant has been washed (haakaukau) three or four times. Afterwards the mother goes to the regular house (huge kakai). Formerly she went t o another temporary house (tugaa hage) where she stayed with her husband; this house had n o sacred objects and no rituals took place there. Lit., birth house. hage baa tamagiki (hange h. tarnangiki). N(o) Temporary coconut-leaf house where children are born. -hagehage. hakahagehage (-hangehange, hakahangehange). V. To pretend; to talk symbolically. Rare. B: hage 2. hage hai pugapuga (hange h. pungapunga) = lzagebaka. Lit., sprout house. hage haka'agi 'ata (hange haka'angi 'a.). N(o). Cinema. Lit., house [for] showing pictures. hage hakahuahua. N(o). House with vertical curved rafters (hualtua), as the hage 'eha.

hage hakzputu pegea (hange h. pengea). N(o). Meeting house. Lit., house assembly people. hage hakasanga (hange h.). N(o). Row of tiny temporary huts, as of baghu or coconut leaves. hage hakatu'u baka, h. tu'u baka (hange h. b., hange t. b.). N(o). Station. Lit., house [for] stopping vehicles. hage hitiko'i (hange h.). N(o). Toilet, outhouse. Lit., defecation house. hage hoa (hange h.). N(o). Whore house, as in Australia. Kestr. hage huhu'i me'a (hange h. m.). N(o). Laundry. Lit., house [for] washing things. hageina (hangeina). V. To be or have many houses. hage kai (hange k.). N(o). Restaurant. hage kakai (hange k.). N(o). Dwelling house. hage kala (hange k.). N(o). House thatched with kala (pandanus) leaves. hage kapa (hange k.). N(o). House with corrugated iron roof. hage katoa (hange k.). N(o). Tithe house; platform where church offerings of food are placed, outside the church. Lit. ten house. hage kaunga (hange k.). N(o). Huts, as of coconut thatch or baghu mats, as used during hurricanes. Lit., bent house. hage kimoa (hage k.). N(o). Rat trap. hage koti 'ugu (hange k. 'ungu). N(o). Barber shop. Lit., hair-cutting house. hage kuki (hange k.). N(o). Cook house. See ex., to'ongia. hage laoa (hange 1.). N(o). Tent. Lit., cloth house. !:age loghoghi (hange loghongi). N(o). Tiny hut formerly baited with miniature puzzles to fascinate loghoghi supernaturals and prevent them from spoiling fishing or hunting. hsge magu (hange man&. N(o). House of refuge. See T147. Rare. hage masaki (hange m.). N(o). Hospital. Lit., sick house. hsge matiginga mange matinglnga). N(o)R. House supplied with infants in Nukuahea belonging to the god Tehu'aigabenga; he gave children from here when worshipped ancestors requested them for their supIjlicants; the spiritual selves ('ata) of newly dead children came here also. hage mubi (hange m.). N(o). Cinema. Lit., movie house. hage 'ota'ota (hange '0.). N(o). Store. Lit., goods house. hage pegea (hange pengea). N(o). Low kind of person, one of low prestige. See ex., un~e'ia. hage puteni (hange p.). See puteni.

hage sogi hage sogi (hange songi). N(o). Church. Lit., home [of] worship. hage ta'ane (Range t.). N(o). A mythical place on Be for people who behaved badly. (T129.) Rare. hage taanunla (hange t.). N(o). House over a grave. hage taele (hange t.). N(o). Tithe house. hage taighi (hange t.). N(o)R. Godly house from which the gods took hairless (or blond) babies to present t o expectant mothers. hage tapu (hange t.). N(o). Church. hage tntu'u (hange t.). N(o). Toilet. hagihagi (hangihangi). See kai 11. hagoo (hangoo). 1. N(o). Splinter. See ex., lugi 2. 2. V. T o reach for, bend over to reach. Der: hakahagoo. (T52[B]: 10.) haha'a. V. To slice, cut off, sever, split; to crack, as a coconut (T203:l); to part, as the hair; to rile, as the sea. E 11. e te hakataupapa te moa~.za, the ship riles the sea. H. e Moa te tu'aakoinga, Moa marks the border. B: ha'a 2. Der: 11. 'anga. haha'atu = haha'a atu (Izaha'a atu). hahagi (hahangi). V. T o wrap up, as excreta of children; to sweep up. Urrc 11. i tai, to fish for anything at all, good o r bad. (T52 [B]:9, T199:9.) Der: 11. 'anga. hahahaha. Vqual. H a ha. Kata h., to laugh h a ha. hahai. V. 1. T o steer. T e pegea e hoe r m g i i te baka e 11. e ia, the person paddling aft in the canoe, he steers. See hoe 11. Der: h. 'anga, h. 'ia. 2. T o chip smooth or plane, as a canoe. Der: h. 'ia. hahanaki = haganaki. K e 11. kia te au, to protect me (poetic). hahanga. V. T o stretch, as cloth; t o open, as a shell; to loosen; to spread, as legs. T u u h., stand with legs apart. E h. e ia te laginga o mababa, he opens the Tridacna wide open. 11. te ake, stretch the shirt. Der: hakalzahanga, hangahanga. hahangi. See hahagi. hahangu. V. T o roar, as fire (T18:3), wind, sea, airplane, motor; to sound loud, as voices in a dance; t o patter, as rain. H. te isu, blow the nose. baahahangu. V. T o knock down. Der: lzaanguna, hangulzangu. PPN fangu. haha'o. V. T o snare, as fish or pigeons in a net; to wind, as cord about a spool in making a net (see sika); to overlap, as thatch panels. (T61:5.) Probably PPN fafa'o. hahati = hati I ; to swerve or turn to the side; t o break, as waves. E 11. e M o a te huti, Moa breaks off the banana.

+

hahatu. V. T o bend, as an arm o r leg or paper; to fold. Der: 11. 'anga, hatu gun. helzalzatu'aki. hahine. 1. N(o)Vqual, com. Woman, female: to be feminine, female. Tupuna lz., grandmother. See llaalline. PPN fafine. 2. V. T o be easily grown and with small good-tasting tubers or fruits. See lzrtti h., fago 11.. 'ulli 11. hahine huatahi. N(o). Girl, unmarried woman. spinster. Also, 11. llrtatasi. haho. N(o). Outside. Hano k i h., go outside. K O h. e rnaase'i, the outside people are bad. (Gram. 5.6.) PPN i a f o . hai. 1. N(o)V, com. (usually with subject marker e). T O have, own, do, get, act as, represent (T235[A]:6); to transform into o r become (T5 1[B]: 15); t o constitute, serve as (see 'uhi h a ) ; to take care of, attend to, treat, have dealings or friendly associations with (see trti 2.); to lay, as an egg; t o have intercourse with (see 11. tuhalzine). Pegea 11. mane, person with money, rich person. He'e 11. ~na'ana n i mane, he has n o money. Ma te h. ai te taina o Tehainga'atrta ia Ekeitellua (T5:3), and Tehainga'atua took Ekeitehua as younger brother. Noka te h. kia k t o a , don't have dealings with Moa. T e hage e 11. mai, the house nearby. E h. na 'aso siasia, some days are happy. T e paolo e 11. tona hua, the hen lays an egg. Kigaaua e boo ke I!., they are going to have sex. Kitnatou m a Tobene ~ n a n g a h., we are friends with Torben. E kohea ona h.? How does it work? E konei na h i , t o be like this. See ex. tau pogongia, T 8 8 : l l . Der: hainga. P P N fai. 2. V. TO say (usually with nominative a , and followed by mai, atu, ake, ange, iho). H. rnai a ia, he said. P N P fcii. 3. V. Must, should, be necessary (with kau o r ke); to pass, of time (see h. aano). H. kazc moe, I must sleep now. H. kee boo, necessary to go now. H. kirnatou hetcle ki Labagu, after a time we reached Labagu. Koutou e 17. kee boo, you all will have to go. Koutou noko 11. kee boo, you all had to go. 4. Vqual. T o be different, strange, peculiar, odd, bad (fast speech, Izaa). Taki h., different. T e gongo e hai ona noho, strange tidings. See 11. baakitekite, h. baakogikogi, 11. giagiaki, It. hakaanuatui, 12. hakahoki, h. tupetupe. Der: mouhai. 5. NF. General name for rays and skate-like fishes. See 11. bangirte, 11. nzangoo, 17. 'one, 11. pelia, TlS5 (B):10. PPN fai. 6. N(o)V. Husband in the exclamation of annoyance or dismay by women. Toliu h. koe! Oh, my husband in the underworld! See 0 1 7 0 . Rare. hai-. Prefix to most of the basic kinship terms

haihaanau

indicating a reciprocal relationship between the base and closely associated kin (reciprocate). The associated pairs are haitupuna and Izairnakupuna, kaitatnana and ltaihosa and kaitama'ahine; haitu'aatina and hai'igaarnutu; haita'okete and haitaina; haitunga'ane and haituhahine. See also haihaanau, haima'aa, haimaatu'a, hainzatu'a. hai aano. Then, after a time. H. a. kitaa boo, ma te he'e boo, we were to go, but didn't go. 0 h. a. lie 'ria, he'e 'ua, and it was about to rain, but didn't rain. H. a. tau 'agoha ia re au, he'e tau girr'aki ke hai, then you gave me a gift of friendship, there is nothing to give back (demean. thanks for a gift). ha'iaba. N(o)R. Beach area, reef opening; people there. place where the ha'ugua shrine or canoe was placed. hai ahi. V. T o make fire or rock oven. Der: h. a. 'anga. hai ake. V . Speak up, do it, go ahead. Der: h. a. 'anga. haianoa 'anga. N(o). Madness. (T235[A]35.) See hai noa. hai 'anga. NA, com. Way to do, doing, happening, occurrence, act, action, custom, use, reason, purpose. Teegaa te h. 'a., that's why; that's the reason; therefore. N a h. 'a., the acts (Biblical). Hai 11. 'a., to accomplish things, good or bad; to be accomplished as to plant, fish, kill. He'e tau h. 'a., no action; nothing happened (as at a cinema that is all talk); no reason, concern, purpose. Te pegea na'a h. 'a., wise or skilled person, scholar, scientist. hai ange. V. T o say, do, etc. (see hai 2). G o ahead! Speak up! (Used idiomatically as an explanation similar t o 'ailauee, as follows: H. a. ke haka'aagolza teenei 'agiki, alas, pity for this old gentleman. H. a. ke noko i'ita, how jealous.) De;: 12. a. 'anga. hai 'atua = giu 'atua, worship. Te sa'umangatonu a Moa e ra'o ke h. 'a., Moa's offering for Tehainga'atua is baked and is to be offered. Der: 12. 'a. 'anga. haiba. N(o). All kinds of gathering: fishing, snaring (kamo for flying fox), netting (ugauga on the reef, sege for fruit doves, seu for Pacific doves), catching (baaloaglzi for coconut crabs), spearing (begobego for fish), killing, making money. PPN faiwa. hai baakitekite. V . T o scorn (T196:16), mistreat, harm, steal, not cooperate; to be unproductive. T e 'ua e 11. b., the rain is harmful. Oku niu e h. b. o he'e hua, my coconuts are unproductive and do not bear nuts. Der: h. b. 'anga, hehaibaakitekite'aki. hai baakitekitea. 1 = Iz. baakitekite. 2. V . T o 6 Ordbog over Bellona-sproget

have a fit, as one possessed, but not as a medium (taauga). Rare. hai baakogikogi (h. baakongikongi). V. T o despise, scorn, refuse to have anything t o d o with. H. b. a Tebegi kia Moa, Tebegi scorns Moa. Te 'ua e 11. b. o he'e ghali o 'ua, the rain refuses to rain quickly. Hai ga'a h. b., give unwillingly. Singa h. b. nu pogo, the pogo fish come in driblets. Der: 11. b. 'anga. hai bagiue. See h. bangiue. hai baka. V . T o own or steer a canoe. hai baka 'anga. N(A). Steering, piloting, navigation. hai bangiue. NF. Blue-spotted sting ray, Amphotistius kuhli (Miiller and Thule). Rare. Be. Perhaps Re, h. bagiue. hai boo aano = h. a. hai ga'a (h. nga'a). V. T o give, bring, hand over as a gift o r to sell, pay a fine (often with mai, atu). See pegea lz. g. utunga. (T67:46.) Der: h. g. 'anga. hehaiga'a'aki. V . T o exchange gifts. haiga'atu (hainga'atu) = Izai ga'a atu, t o give away. hai gagoisi. See h. ngangoisi. ha'igangi (ha'ingangi). N(o). Four-faceted object, esp. the tip of the tao hakasanisani with barbs extending on four sides or as a betel-container stopper (pupuni) with four sides. hai gaoi (h. ngaoi). V. To save, take care of, do well. H. g. iko! Be careful! hai giagiaki (h. ngiangiaki). V. T o neglect, as a child. hai goa (h. ngoa). V, corn. T o do often or for a long time. hai gongo (h. ngongo). V. T o have or tell news or knowledge. He'e h. g. i te God, no knowledge of God. hai gongo labi (3. ngongo 1.). V. T o spread false, exaggerated, or alarming news. hai gongo songo (h. ngongo s.). V. To spread evil reports, vicious gossip, bad news. Der: It. g. s. 'anga. hai gosigosi (h. ngosingosi). V. T o take good care of, save, dress up. E h. g. e Moa te peba, Moa takes good care of the lantern. haihaanau. N(o). Collective term for persons termes ta'okete, taina, tunga'ane, tuhahine, ha'anga. KO Tebegi re haita'okete, k o Teika'at0 re haitaina, kigaaua te It., Tebegi is the older classificatory sister, Teika'ato is the younger classificatory sister, the two are classificatory sisters. B: haanau. hehaihanau'aki. Recip. Kimaaua e h., we two are classificatory brothers.

haihaanau hshine haihaanzu hahtne. N(o)V. Classificatory \ister; to be such. haiheanau tangata. N(o)V. Classificatory brother: to be such. hai hai. V. T o keep doing: to be about to do. H. 11. 11. 11. poo, keep doing until night. H. 11. h. 11. he'c 'oti m a tc. h n o , keep on doing. not finished but went. H. 11. tori lrarlo Xi Tegarlo, krta Ile'e lzairo Lirrai i tee an? You were going to the Lake, and have not gone fcr u5at reason? hai hai 'anga. V. T o be versatile. skilful in many ways. See ex.. mesae'oki. hai hai 'anga soko. V. T o act independently, with freedom. hai hai noa. V. T o act crazily. ha'iha'itaki. Freq. of Ita'itaki. - hai hakaanuanu. V. T o ask many questions. - hai hakahoki. V. T o decline, as an invitation; to refuse. K O Adoa e tege gortgo n i a Prtia, k a e h. h. i re nzasaki a tona u g w g u , Puia - . -hvites Moa, but [he] declines because of the sickness of his wife. hai hakahuahua. V. To do without asking permission or without reason. . hai hekau. V, com. T o work. Iiai k e h. 11. at11 -&a t e koe, [he] must work for you. Der: 11. 11. 'anga. P P N f a i f e k a u . haihenua. N(o). Second priest-chief. (T3 :3 .) haihosa. N(o). Son in his relationship to his classificatory father. See Iiai triku. hai 'ia. Pas/tr. of hai 1, 2. KO a u k u a hiinau i re h. 'i. ia t e a u o pa'a, I was inactive because of what had happened to me and was ashamed. (T206:7.) hai'igaamutu (hai'ingaamutu). N(o). 'Igann7rttu in relationship to his tu'aatina. hai iho. V . T o drop, as coconuts from a tree; to speak down, as from a height. Der: It. i. 'anga. . hai'ingaamutu. See hai'igaarnutu. hai ke. h. kee. To have t o do something. N. Lee harro, must go. (Gram. 4.2.) haikoe. N. Wife (use similar t o that of taaXoe but said by husband). hai kogoa (h. kongoa). V. To have a tapa. T e iXa 11. k.. a rare term used by Mautihitiki, said to refer to fish with sharp teeth (N36: 2), or to scaleless fish. haikomu. N(o). High commissioner. Eng. hai kongoa. See 11. kogoa. hailobo. V , corn. T o try, challenge (T116:3). Der: 11. 'anga, hehailobo'aki. hailobo 'ia. Pastltr. of hailobo. H a i k a u It. ' i , I'll try it. haima'aa. N(o). Ma'aa in relation to nra'aa. hai moase'ia. V . T o be drunk, crazed by possesqion: to treat roughly, scold.

.

haimaatu'a. N(o)V. Members of the older generation. seniors. sometimes said with connotations of weakness: to be such. Tclica a tort I].? \?'here is your parent (or older relative?). See ex., 'autorr~in. lrai rrtatrc'cl, tn'utia, T122:2. hai maka. V. T o harm. attack. hurt. rob: to be destructive o r harmful. as insects. Ta pcgcrc 11. iii.. a thief, destructive person. Der: h , m . 'ango, hcllairi7aka 'oki. haimakupuna. (N(o)V. Grandchild in relationship to classificatory gandparent; to be in this relationship. hai manaha. V. T o own a ri~arlaha (homestead). hai mane. V. T o have money, be rich. hai mangoo. NF. Devil ray, manta, M a t ~ t a birostris (Walbaum). Lit., shark ray. hai matu'a. V. T o have a husband. T r halrirze 11. in. Lo koe? Are you a married woman? See haimaatu'a. hehaimatu'a'aki. V. T o have husbands in each other's subclan (kakai 'anga), of two o r more women. Kigatou e 11. 177.. they have husbands in each other's subclans. Der: 11. 177. 'anga. hai rnunamuna. V. To speak improperly. haina = lzai -nu, demonstrative clitic. See ex., hakahegerc. hai noa. V. T o be mildly unintelligent. hai noohonga. V. T o marry. (T235[A]:36.) hai noohonga 'xnga. N(a). Marriage, wedding. (T235[A]:38.) hainga, haingaa qual. NA. Doing. acting, activity. B: lzai I . haingaa. 1. V. T o d o what; for what reason? (From hainga aa; on Be, implication of looking f o r women.) KO Xoe te lz.? Why have you come? 2 = m a si'igoa. H . a u e rnamalia kittai te hatu, 'ai liinatu o rleneke po ka ina'ama'n? Even if the stone is heavy for me, you should go and lift and [find it] light (sarcastic)? hai nga'a. See 11. ga'a. haingaa aa. See haingaa. haingaa ahi. NA. Fire-making, fire maker; figuratively, pregnant woman (N66:2); food cooked on a fire, as taro. yams, bananas. haingaa baka. NA. Canoe making. haingaa hata. NA. Making a perch for snaring plgeons. haingaa me'a. NA. Food preparations, food. feast. See ex., ngaki I. haingaa tau. NA. Gathering of oven leave%. (T177:2.) hainga'atu. See haiga'atu. hainga 'atua. NAR. Minor ritual nith food distributed. See Tehainga'atua, N127. T52: 1.

+

+

hai tino

I

, .

haingaa uka. N. Line fishing. ha'ingangi. See ha'igangi. hai ngangoisi. NR. Offering, as of green bananas and coconuts, for Tehainga'atua after the kanogoto ritual, thus completing the cycle of harvest rituals of a homestead, as with the Ma'ugi-Te-Henua ceremonial staff. Be; perhaps Re 11. gagoisi. haingaohie. V, com. To be easy; to be affable, kind, easy to approach. Der: h. 'anga. hakahaingaohie. V . T o wander, go from place to place. PNP faingaojie. hai ngaoi. See 11. gaoi. haingata'a. V. com. T o be hard, difficult, obstinate, hard to approach, uncooperative. Der: h. 'anga. PPN faingata'a. hainga takotonga. NAR. Rites at graves; food offering for ancestors, as raw bananas. KO Moa e to'o tena 11. r. ki te tokotonga, Moa takes his offering to the ancestors. hai ngiangiaki. See 11. glagiaki. hai ngoa. See 11. goa. hai ngongo. See 11. gortgo. hai ngosingosi. See 11. gosigosi. hai ngutu. V. T o eat breakfast or the first meal of the day. To'o ntai lte rne'a kau h. ng. ai, bring me something that I'll have for breakfast. hai ngutu 'anga. N(a). First meal of the day, breakfast. hai 'one. NF. A small sting ray, probably mangrove ray, Himanthura granulata (Macleay). Lit., sand ray. Der: hai'oneina. hai 'oosongo. V. T o sin, do wrong (of persons). hai peka. NF. Probably an eagle ray, A ~ t o b a trrs narinari (Euphrasen). Lit., flying fox ray. Der: haipekaina. hai seuseu. V. T o squander, waste. hai sini. V, com. T o have intercourse, copulate (of animals as well as people). Lit., make sin (Eng.) H. s. rnaasoko, to copulate with anyone promiscuously. Puke h. s., string figure in imitation of intercourse. Der: hai s. 'anga. hai songo. V, com. T o harm, spoil, injure, mistreat, pollute, devastate. H . s. nu faagangonga, contrary to law. A'u te matangi o 12. s. e ia tomatou 'aamonga, the wind came and it devastated our island. hai songo 'anga. NA. Harm, pollution, injury, mistreatment. hai songo 'ia. Pasltr. o f lzai songo; to be mistreated, harmed, complained of, accused. Pegea h. s. 'i, harmed person, accused person, prisoner. haisongoina = hai songo 'ia. hai tahutahu. V . T o care for meagerly. See hai tu'anaki.

haitaina. (N(o), com. Younger brother in relationship to his older classificatory brother; younger sister in relationship to her older classificatory sister. See ex., nzumuna 1. (T34[A]: 1.) hehaitaina'aki. V. T o be younger classificatory siblings of the same sex. E 'ugu matu'a a Moa, kae 11. kimatou, Moa is the oldest child and we are younger classificatory brothers. ha'itaki. V. T o explain, or teach well, as to walk after a long illness, or as an infant; to shift, as wind (poetic). H. atu ki te sanga, to begin to plant again (poetic). Ou gima, p u Tonga I?., your hands are two Tonga winds first blowing (in praise of work). Der: ha'iha'itaki. hai tama. N(o)V. T o give birth, have a child, be pregnant; pregnant woman (see ex., isiisi). Der: 11. t. 'anga, hehaitarna'aki. haitama'ahine. N(a). Daughter in relationship to her classificatory mother or father; to be such. haihmana. N(o)V. Classificatory father in relationship to his children; to be such. KO ai te h. ia Moa ma Puia? E 11. a Moa. Who is the classificatory father, Moa or Puia? Moa is the father. hai tamana. V. T o accuse a woman of copulating with her classificatory father. E It. t. e Moa ia Tebegi, Moa accuses Tebegi of copulating with her classificatory father (curse). RESTR. halta'okete. N(o), corn. Older brother in relationship to his younger classificatory brother; older sister in relationship to her younger classificatory sister. Ma te hai atu . . . ki re 11. (T52[A]:ll), and said to the older of the classificatory brothers. A tona hosa It. (T220:2), the oldest of his classificatory sons. helzaita'okete'aki. V. T o be older classificatory sibling of the same sex. hai Ma. V. T o bother, importune, as by giving orders or as a child teasing and nagging. Der: h. t. 'anga. hai tau'a. V. T o fight, battle, make war. haitau'a'aki. Recip. haiteke. V, com. T o be angry. H. ghali, to be angry quickly; to be hot-tempered. D&: 11. 'anga, hehaiteke'aki. haiteteke. P1. of haiteke. haitinana. N(o)V. Mother in relationship to her classificatory children, esp. daughter. See tau tinana. hai tinana. V. T o accuse a man of copulating with his clasificatory mother or daughter (curse). RESTR. bai tino. See ika 11. t.

. ..

haitongahiti

For causatives beginning with haka-, delete the prefix haka- and look for the stern. haitongahiti. N(o). Foreigner, stranger; to be a foreigner or a stranger. hai to'onga. N(o)R. Artifact, as mat or tapa, as offered to gods. 0 baea he anpatonu m a he h. t. ki re no110 'anga o u nzaatu'a, and divide the angatonu offering and ritual artifacts at the seat of your parents (priest-chief to gods in llakauu ritual). Perhaps PPN to'onga. ha'itotoka. N(o). Front side (both inside and outside) of a house o r formerly of a grave. (T41[B]:17). See baaenga, niu h. PPN f a'itotoka. haitu'aatina. 1. N(o). Uncle (mother's classificatory brother) in relationship t o his classificatory nephews and nieces. 2. Father-inlaw in relationship to his son- and daughterin-law. hai tu'anaki. V. T o not care for; to mistreat; to not provide with land, as a father to his son. K O ia e 11. t. e ia a tena hosa, he mistreats his son. Der: 11. t. 'anga, kchaitrr'anaki'aki. hai tu'atu'a = lzai tu'anaki. Rare. haituhahine. N(o)V. Male in relationship to his classificatory sister. hai tuhahine. V. T o accuse a male of incest with his classificatory sister. See ex., arno 2. hai tuku. V. T o control one's temper, not from fear but from respect, as a son scolded by his father. H. t. te Ilaihosa kia te tarnana, the son does not answer back the father. hehaituku'aki. V. T o refrain from aggressive action, of several. ha'itunga. N(o)R. Sacred house for worship in cult grounds, or private house used for worship. See ex., 'asoa, mapusanga, ngaongaohie. haitunga'ane. N(o)V. Female in relationship to her classificatory brother; to be in this relationship. hai tunga'anc. V. To accuse a female of incest with her classificatory brother. hai tupetupe. V. T o be careless, untidy; to mistreat. Noka te 11. t . o u laoa, don't be untidy with your clothes. Iiaitupuna. N(o). Grandparent in relationship to classificatory grandchildren. K O Moa re lz., Moa has classificatory grandchildren; Moa is a classificatory grandparent. hai 'ugu (h. 'ungu). V. Te search the hair of another for lice; to delouse (only between specific kinsmen, a sign of affection). Der: h. 'u. 'anga. hai uguugu (h. uguugu). V. To have or take a

wife. T e tangata 11. u . k o koe? Are you a married man? Der: h . u . 'attga. hai'umu. NA, com. Oven, stove, saucepan, kitchen. See boghoghi, liugi 4, rtn71t 1, 4. Der: h.'anga. hai 'umu: V. T o make an oven. hai'umu hakaga'aa (h. hakanga'aa). NA. Oven made outside a paito. Lit., sunned oven. hai'umu h o b . NA. New ground oven. Lit., newly discovered oven. hai 'ungu. See 11. 'ugu. hai unguungu. See 11. uguugu. hai utunga. V . T o prepare or have food. (T3: 3.) Der: h. I ( . 'anga. haka-. Com. caus. prefix. Words with h.- are defined under the bases. Delete 11.- and look for the base. Both k.- and he-. . -'aki occur with a few bases, one or the other directly (he-hakatallital~i-'aki, haka-hepreceding gongo-'aki). H-. rarely precedes determiner base (l~akategoo,hakatekapa). Meanings are usually causative or transitive (see ga'aa, hakaga'aa), sometimes similitude (Mugaba, hakarnugaba). Gram. 8.4. PPN faka-. hakaa. About what? See aa I . hakagosigosi (hakangosingosi). See gosigosi 2. Der: 11. 'anga, Ilelzakagosigosi'aki. hakagua (hakangua). See grta I . hakaguani (hakanguani). See guani. hakaghoghogho (hakaghoghongo). See ghoghogho. hakahe'au. See 'au 1 . hakahua. See llua 2, -1zua 1. hakakaiti'i. See kaiti'i. hakaito'a. See -ito'a. hakakakai. See kakai 2. Hakalcamu'eha. NP. Wife of the god Tehu'aigabenga. (Canoes, p. 423.) hakakana. See -kana. hakangosingosi. See hakagosigosi. hakangua. See hakagua. hakanguani. See hakaguani. Hakaogahenua. See -ogaherzua. hakatau. See tau 2, tau 3, tau 4, -tau I . hakataupapa. N(o), com. Ship. See -taupapa. hakaugu (hakaungu). See -ugu. haki. V. T o pluck, as fruit; to extract or break, as teeth; to break. as canoe connectives. Der: haakinga, llakia, 11. 'anga, hakillaki 1, h. 'ia, hakina. PPN faki. -haki. Variant of he-. . . 'aki, esp. with idea of back and forth. (Gram. 8.6.) PPN -faki. hakia. Pasttr. of Izaki; to be broken, as a canoe hit by waves. T e baka kua 11. te 'atu haka-

.

+

hange 'ia

t d u , the canoe is broken, the connectives. PPN fakia. hakihaki. 1. V. T o break off, as a papaya, pandanus bunch (hui haga) or coconut. PPN fakifaki. 2. NF. Large growth stage of coconut crab (akui). 3. V. T o say, tell, reveal clearly. H. nlai tou ingoa, tell your name. hakihakia = hakihaki 'ia (poetic, T96: 18). hakihaki 'ia. V. T o be spoken, uttered; to speak, utter. E 11. rona inpoa, his name was spoken. hakihugu (hakihungu). V. To be not smoothed, as an unfinished club, canoe. T e tao nei e h., this spear is not finished smooth. See hugu1zugu. haki 'ia. V. T o be plucked. hakina. Pasltr. of haki. Rare. halogu (halongu). NF. A plant believed related to soghonae, but with larger thorny fruits. hama. N(a). Hammer. Eng. hana. 1. V. T o shoot, as arrow, spear gun, gun, rocket, slingshot. Der: hanahana, hehana'aki. V. To shoot back and forth, exchange shots. H. nu ngasau, exchange arrow shots. PPN farta. 2. N(o). Mast. G u 'oku lz., my two masts (poetic for house ridgepole and horizontal purlins). See ex., malamala. PPN fanaa. -hana. Der: lzakahana, maahana, mahana, mahanahana, mahanasia. hakahana. V. T o recook or warm over. PPN -fana. hana 'anga. NA. Shooting, as a slingshot. hanahana = hana I ; to thump first finger tip against inner thumb tip. Der: helzanalzana'aki. hana mugi kaso (11. mungi k.). NA. Shooting an arrow, but holding in the same hand an arrow in reserve. (Tl36[C]:5.) hana sigi (h. singi). N(o)V. T o shoot and miss; a poor shot. hana tu'u. N(o)V. T o shoot without missing; good marksman. KO ia e h. t., he shoots without missing. KO Moa te h. t. o te manaha nei, Moa is the good marksman of this place. hanaunga. N(o). Place where women give birth. women's defecation place. Be. Kai rna'au na lz., eat some defecation for yourself (insult). Teenei ngutu h., [you] are this defecating mouth (insult). B: haanau. hano. Vqual., com. To go (sg.); depending on, according to; on and on, little by little, one by one, everywhere, continually (as qual.) H. a ia., he went. Frequently followed by te noun, as h. re ihonga, to go for food; h. te hekau, go to work; h. te tiikonga, go to defecate; 11. re tautainga, fishermen go. Aku tago noko 'usi k., my taro green every-

+

where (poetic). H. i te tegeu'a, depending on the thoughts. H. gaa, good-by (to person leaving). Toku hinangago e totoka hano i ba'i 'aso, my throat is a little better every day. Hiti h. na sa'a, the clans die out one by one. Der: 11. 'anga, hanohano, hanonga. baahano, hakahano. V. To get away, escape, as a fish (sg.); t o continue, as a line; again and again; to accuse of spreading gossip. Kua h. te tina'e, the stomach defecates (after constipation). KO Moa e 11. ke hai kia Tebegi i re hogahoga e ia ki teegaa pegea k o Moa puge rena tau'a, Moa went and accused Tebegi that she told other persons that Moa was planning a fight. Koi 11. i nu 'aso nei, continuing to these days (of a line). (T153: 2.) Der: b. 'anga. PPN fano. hanohano. N(o). Genealogy. B: hano. hakahanohano. V . T o continue a line. See ingoa 12. hanonga. N(a). A trip to get food (Re); traveling (Be). B: hano. hanga 1. NA. Rattan trap for paghabu fish at the Lake. PPN fanga. 2. See haga. -hanga. Nominalizer, similar to 'anga. Gram. 8.5. PPN -fangs. hangahanga. 1. N(o). Long-handled nets used for netting flying fish, at the ends of large canoes (baka 'eha). See kau nzatu'a. PPN fanga. 2 = hahanga. hangai. See hagai. hanga isi. See haga isi. hanga langua. See haga lagua. hanga Malangu. See haga Malagu. hangamea. NF. Red bass, kelp sea perch, Lrrtjarrus coatcsi Whitley, believcd poisonous in some places along the south coast of Re, but safe and greatly relished along the north coast. They were offered as 'inati. See 'agaipai, lakoga, matagogo, N195(B). PPN fangamen. hanganaki. See haganaki. hanganga. 1. Vqual. T o hold the head up. Moe h., to lie with head up. 2. See lzagaga. hanga Ngotuma. See haga Gotuma. hanga sibingi. See haga sibigi. hanga songa. See haga soga. hanga takape. See haga I. hanga ta'o. See haga Gotuma. hange. 1. V . T o hang, as a criminal. KO Moa e h. e ia te tangata, Moa hanged the man. Moa e h. e ia ia te ia, Moa hanged himself. Eng. 2. See huge 1, 2. hange 'ati buka. See hage 'a. b. hange baalui polo. See hage b. p. hange haa'enge. See huge haa'ege. hange 'ia. Pasltr. of hange I . KO ia e h. 'i., he was hanged.

hange congi hange songi. See huge sogi. hangihangi. See hagilzagi. hangoo. See lzagoo 1, 2. hangalhangu. D i m i n u t i ~ eand freq. of llallangrl: to rattle; t o make the sound of flying fox wings in flight. Der: h . 'anga. ha'o. N.'IV. Chisel; to chisel; holes for lashings in a canoe. See nzataa It., toki 11. PPN fa'o. hz'oaki. V. T o put up on. See kiba 11. haoge (haonge) = huge I . Poetic. ha'ogua (ha'ongua) = ha'ugua. ha'oha'o. Freq. of ha'o. haonga'aki = heanga'aki (artga 2). haonge. See haogc. ha'ongua. See ha'ogua. hao'o. Sg. of haao'o. hapa. NAV. Jew's harp, a small metal instrument shaped like a harp, placed in the mouth; believed from the Solomons; to play the 11. Eng. Der: 17. 'anga. hapu. N(o). Half, portion. Eng. hasa. V. T o complain, as of hunger, thirst, sickness. Der: 11. 'anga. hasahasa. V. T o wail, groan, moan. T a n g i h., a wailing lament. hasi. NAV. Pearl shell, as used for spoons and as coconut graters; to cut with a h. or knife, as taro tops (Be). See pelopelo, tabi 2, TTI (B):S, T228(A):4. hata, hataa qual. N(o). Platform, canoe platform, perch, shelf; raised floors of presentday houses; the ancient traditional house and its platform; perch formerly used in netting doves; smoking rack for tapa and baghu; dove snaring. (TSI[A]:S.) PPPJ fata. hataa kasanga. N(o). String of pierced turtle shell, as for earrings. hataa sua. NA. Shelf for ceremonial paddles. hata geha (h. ngeha). N(o)R. Canoe or raft of the god Tupuimatangi. hata gobe (h. ngohe). N(o). Pigeon-snaring platform near which branches are bent (gobe) down to leave room for swinging the net (SELI). hatahzta. NB. Human chest; breast, as of birds. PPN farafata. hatahatai. V. T o fork, as a tree. Also, hatai. hatahatai 'anga. N(o). Crotch, as in a tree. K O au e k a k e m n o , sopo k i t e It. 'anga o t e ga'akau, I climbed and came t o the crotch of the tree. hatai = hafahatai. hata ngobe. See 11. gobe. hati. V. 1. T o break, as waves or bones (TSO [B]:3); to blast, as thunder; to blow hard, as wind; to cut, as geemugi branches. H. gima, t o snap fingers. See 11. bii. Der: hahati,

+

hatihati, 11. 'ia. PPN fati. 2. T o turn back 01aside, as n canoe. PPN fati. hatiaho. V. T o turn back, as birds in flight. hati 'anga. NA. Breaking. See ex., hrihrc. hatiangau. Unintelligible word in kanogoio rituals. Sa'a Kaitir'u. h a 'oti i te I]., Kaitu'u clan, finished in the ? hati hii. V. T o break and lower geer,114~i branches, the fruit of which, after heating (tio), is bitter (bii), believed due to sexual intercourse by the harvesters, which is taboo. hatiqau (hatingau). V. T o sing while cutting (hati) g e ~ n i u g ibraches. Later all persons sang the o b o chant. K O M o a n o k o k a k c i tc gcetnrtgi, o hati e ia, k a e I!., Moa climbed the geemugi tree and he cut branches and sang the cutting song. hati ge'o (11. nge'o). T o speak. See Ilatingaa ge'o. Rare. hati goto @. ngoto). V. T o be broken-hearted, overcome with grief. Poetic. hatihati. Freq. of hati I . See ex., gigi 2. hati 'ia. Pasltr. of hati I; to be pounded by the waves, as upon the reef. hati manaha, hatimanaba'aki. V. T o be speechless o r breathless, as with fear o r astonishment. Poi t o o h e bornu, k u hatimanaba'aki i t e 1.aa inamate i te boinrt, if a bomb should fall, one would be speechless with fear of dying because of the bomb. hatinga, hatingaa qual. NA. Breaking, cutting, turning; breaking of geemrcgi branches for harvesting. hatingaa ge'o (?I.nge'o). N(o). Speaking, speech, pronunciation, voice. Te 11. g. o re I~ahine e gaoi, the lady's speech is fine. hakahatingaa ge'o. V. To copy or mimic speech. K O ia e 11. g. pe re hahine, he mimics the woman's voice. See ex., Tc-'Ugri-Moenga. hatingaa ngagn (h. ngangu). N(o). Breaking of the waves. hatingaa nge'o. See 11. gc'o. hgtingau. See hatigait. hati nge'o. See h. ge'o. hati ngoto. See 11. goto. hati ti'aki = tau ti'aki I . hatu. 1. NF, com. Stone, rock, coral, any hard metal; seed (as of papaya), pandanus key, kernel of corn; fighting club with a stone head (baukianga); stomach, as of pogo fish; Tridacna shell (poetic). See tango hafu'ugi. Der: h. 'anga. hakahatu. V . T o deveIop a hard core, as of banana plants; to develop breasts (with uu). PPN fatu. 2. V. T o compose, as a song. Hegeurzga h., kupzi h., madeup word. Der: haatltnga, 11. 'anga. PPN fatu. 3. V. T o fold, bend, lash. See 11. gua. Der: haatnrzga, haha?u, hatuhatu. PPN fatu.

+

hatutingia hatua'a. V. T o be stony. (Gram. 8.3.) Rare. hatuagi (hatuangi). NA. Stone tied to a bait package that is dropped to the sea bottom; the line is pulled and the package is untied and the bait spills, t o be eaten by fish; to chum fish o r weight a line thus (by day and in very calm water). To'o rnai ni 11atu ke 11. ai, bring some stones t o tie o n as weights for chumming. Kitaa boo o h., let's go and chum fish. See migo. hatu 'ago @. 'ango). N(o). Belly-skin of sharks or whales when pulled off and cut into sections. hatu 'abirrga, NB. Lymph gland under armpits. hatuangi. See hatuagi. hatu 'ango. See It. 'ago. hatu 'ztua. NF. Mollusks, as 'agigi, pungu, Tridacna (kaasua), cowry; also squid, bana. hatu a'u. V . T o compose while walking. (T67: 37.) hatu ba'e. NB. Ankle knuckle, ankle. (T93:6.) hatn bugho. NA. Seine sinker. hatu gaso (h. ngaso). NB. Testicles. Lit., scrotum stone. Restr. hatugau (batungau). NA. Rotting thatch sheets. T o ' o rnai ni 11. e. 'ato ai toku paito, bring the spoiled sheets so as to thatch my cook house. hatu gegeu (h. ngengeu) = balunzata. Lit., ripe stones. hatu gima 01. ngima). NB. Knuckle. hatu gua 01. ngua). V. To be folded in two, doubled up. M o e h., sleep doubled up. hatu ghau. NA. Weight on a hook, sinker. hakahatu ghau. V. To attach a stone weight t o a hook. To'o tnai he 11. gh. k e 11. gh. ai frrl:~c~ l k a bring . a ctone w e i ~ h tfor hooks so as to attach to my line. hatu haga (h. hanga). N(o). Pandanus key. (T83, story.) hatuhalu. V. 1. T o roll up, fold over, as tapa; to bend. N o h o h., t o sit with both legs t o one side o r (women) with knees together and feet back, toes on the floor. See nzoe lz. Der: h. 'anga. hehakahatubatu'aki. Recip. (T32.) PPN fatufatu. 2. To have many seeds, as papaya; to be stony, rocky. hatuhatua. V. T o be rocky; to have many seeds. hatuhatuina = hatulzatua. Rare. hatu hoa. NA. Pounding stone, as for baga o r tagie nuts o r pandanus. hatukaganga (hatukanganga). NA. Stone weight for shark hook. Re. PPN fatukala. hatu kaganga (h. kanganga). NA. Clashing Tridacna shells for attracting fish. Taku 11. k., my clashing Tridacna (poetic). Lit., noisy Tridacna. hatuknao. N(o). Vertical house rafters.

hatukea. V. T o stay, endure patiently. KO ia e 11. ki te ongc, he has long endured hunger. hatu kupa. N(o)V. Poetry composer, word inventer; t o compose poetry or invent words. hatu ligaliga @. lingalinga). N(o). Soft stone resembling chalk. Lit., lime-coated stone. hatuiigho. NA. Anchor. hatu maabugiina (h. maabungiina). V. T o be many round stones. T e kunga riei e /I., there are many round stones in this place. hatu manaba. NB. Heart (believed in the center of the body). Lit., breathing stone. hatu me'a. 1. N(o). Seed, as of papaya, melon, tomato. 2. N(o)V. Composer, poet; to compose, as songs and poetry. hatu ngaso. See 11. gaso. hatungau. See hatugau. hatu ngengeu. See 11. gegeu. hatu ngima. See It. gima. llatu ngua. See h. gua. hatu paba. N(o). Calcified limestone slab, as o n some beaches; hard flat surface, as a cement floor; stones where spiritual selves ('ata) were erased as they were annihilated (maangi). B o o nu 'ata o masogo k i te 1z. p., spiritual selves go and are erased on flat slabs. hatu paolo. N(o). Chicken heart. hatu Paugo (h. Paungo). N(o). Any basic igneous rock. Lit., Bauro (San Cristobal) rock (the only igneous rock on R/B has been brought by persons, o r has drifted there on logs; It. P. was used in bauliianga clubs). Rare. haluponga. N(o). Outer edge of pandanus key, hard and not good t o eat. liatu ponga. NB. Lymph glands; round portion of groin near front of body: boils sometimes form here. Restr. hatu susuga (b. susunga). N(o). Limestone. hatu taha N(o). Top key of cluster, as of pandanus, baghu, or kala. hatu taka. N(o). Coral heads. hatu tanahu. See tarzaltti. hatutigi (hatutingi). N(o), com. Thunder, thunderbolt, believed wielded by Tehainga'atua and to strike persons and property, and also considered an omen of coming events; as deaths or a ship arrival. M a te pisi kinai te 11. (T18:1), and thunder struck there. See rnana, taamaki, T106:2. PPN fatitili. hatutigia (hatutingia). V. T o thunder much; to be struck by thunder. hatutike. NA. Stone buried in gardens to protect them from 'apai. A robber would have swollen feet. hatutingi. See lzatutigi. hatutingia. See Izatutigia.

hatu tio

For reciprocals and plurals beginning ~ ' i t l he-, z delete the prefix he- alzd look for the stern. hatu tio. NA. Stones heated in preparation of qeegunri. See tio. haktobao. N(o). A kind of sharp brown reef coral. hatu tobigha. NB. Coccyx. Restr. hatu togo (h. tongo). See togo 3 . hatutugi (hatutungi). V. T o measure as long as distance from elbow of one arm to fingertips of the other, both outstretched. T e ~ n a l i k o pm ~ i e /I., this mat is as long as one 11. T e huge nei e goha gua h., this house is two 11. long. Also, lzaatugi. batu u'a. NB. 1. Glottis, Adam's apple. 2. See ' ponaa u . hatu'ugi (hatu'ungi). N. Iron, steel, volcanic rock, European knife, axe, spear; traditionally, the two stone gods at Ngabenga, Be. See kuba, puni A. hatu'ugu (hatu'ungu). 1. NB. Area above temple on head. 2. (Cap.) Honor. name for -, men, often said by women; translated as Hard-Skull: see ex., Pmnua-Hatu'ugu, sua 5, tau baangage. hau. NF. Hibiscus tiliaceus L. The fibre is used for rope, and the wood (on Be) for house posts. (T51[B]:12.) PPN fau. ha'u. 1. N(o).V. Tapa turban; head lei, halo, crown; to wear one; comb and wattles of chickens. haaha'u, hakaha'u. V. T o put a turban or wreath on someone else. PPN fa'u. 2. V. T o tie, lash, as sennit. Der: ha'unga 2, ha'usanga, ha'usia. PPN fa'u. 3. V. T o travel far overseas. Der: ha'unga 3. ha'u baka. V. T o lash sennit on a canoe, with connotation of preparation for torch-fishing; a poetic name for late afternoon. (N40:5.) ha'ugua (ha'ungna). N. The double canoe in which Kaitu'u sailed when he discovered Re and Be (T66:20); a name for the famous canoe-shaped shrine in the temple for Tehainga'atua at Mata'aso, on the north coast of Re (N4). Both are also called ha'ogua. (Canoes, p. 423.) ha'u hakamata. N(o). Turban with ends projecting on each side of the head. ha'uha'u kogoa (h. kongoa). NA. A men's dance and accompanying song: men join hands as the leader weaves in and out, somewhat as in crack-the-whip. Girls may d o this in play. Lit., wind the tapa; the dance imitates the tying on of the loincloth (k.). Also, 12. te k . hau hekeheke. NF. A 11. tree with spreading branches. ha'u laoa. NA. Handkerchief. Lit., cloth turban,

so-called because handkerchiefs were worn on the head. ha'u maeba. N(o)V. Men's tapa turban or cloth tied in front and hanging loose over the back ~f the head; to put on or wear such. Lit.. spread turban. hau mogi (h. mongi). NF. A kind of large h. tree. ha'unga. 1. N(o). Lover, mistress. See uguugu to'o. 2. NA. Lashing. B: ha'u, 2. PPN fa'urrga. 3. NA. Overseas trip, ocean traveler. B: ha'u 3. ha'ungua. See lta'ugua. ha'ungutu. See baka h. ha'upagu, hakaha'upagu (ha'upangu, hakaha'upangu). V. To lay aside as to keep. ha'u paolo. N(o). Chicken comb and wattle. ha'usanga. 1. NA. Lashing, as on a canoe. Moturnoru rza h., the lashings were broken. See ex., ghaboghabo. B: Iza'u 2. 2. (Cap.) NP. A mythical goddess, believed by some a wife of Tehu'aigabenga. ha'usia. 1. Pasitr. of Iza'u 2. 2. V. T o be popular, sought after. Rare. ha'u soko. N(o)V. Strips of turmeric-dyed tapa as formerly tied on the forehead; to wear such. H. s. may be followed by a number, as It. s. haa, four head strips. (TS9:3.) hau Tonga. NF. A tree, Abutilon asiaticum (L.) G. Don. he. Indefinite article. A, an, any. H . huge, a house. Hai ma'ana It. mane, he has money. (Gram. 5.3.) PPN ha, PNP se. hea. Interrogative demonstrative occurring as NP, Nqual, and V, and as the final element in the bimorphemic demonstratives teehea and kolzea, and reduplicated in lzeehea. Which? What? Where? (Gram. 6.3.) PPN feu. heaakuhi. See aku 2 . he'agoha'aki (he'angoha'aki). See 'agoha. he'agumi (he'angumi). See 'agu. he'aguminga (he'anguminga). See 'agu. he-. .-aki. Variant of lze-. . .-'aki. (Gram. 8.6.) PPN fe-. . .-aki and fe-. . .-haki. he-. .'aki. Corn. affix indicating reciprocal or plural action, usually affixed t o a base (but see Itaka-). H.- derivatives are defined under bases; delete 12.- and see the base. (Gram. 8.6.) PPN fe- . . 'aki. heangai. See angai I . he'angoha'aki. See he'agoha'aki. he'angumi. See ke'agumi. he'anguminga. See he'agurninga.

. .

.

heke

For reciprocals and plurals beginning witlz he-, delete the prefix he- and look for the stem. he'atua'aki. See 'atua 2 . he'au. See 'au I. he'auaki. See 'au I. he'e. Adverb. T o be not, not. (Gram. 4.4.) he'e gahi (he'e ngahi). See gahi 2. he'e ga'u (h. nga'u). See ga'u 2 . he'egiko (he'engiko) = ka'agiko, he'agiko ('agiko), hegiko. See 'agiko. heehea. Demonstrative occurring as Vqual. T o where? Where from? KO koe Nika a'u h.? Where, sir, have you come from? Te huge i h.? Where is the house? KO koe hano h.? Where are you going? B: hea. he'e maka. See maka. heena'i. See ina. heeniu. See hiiniu. he'e ngahi. See gahi 2 . he'e nga'u. See h. ga'u. he'engiko. See he'egiko. he'e 'oigua (h. 'oingua). See 'oigua. hegabai Olengabai). See -gabai. hegabainga (hengabainga). See -gabai. hegahega (hengahenga) = hehega. Sehu It., walk with legs apart, stagger. Restr. he-. .-gaki (he-. .-ngaki). Variant of he-. . . 'aki. (Gram. 8.6.) PPN fe- . . -1aki. hegau (hengau). V. T o care for, feed, attend to; to pray, as for health or food; to conjure, as flying fox. To'o mai ni baakai o h. ai te ahi, bring some fuel to build up the fire. hegegei (hengengei). See gege I . hcgcgema'ugi'aki (hengengema'ungi'aki). See gegema'ugi. hegeu (hengeu). V, com. T o speak, talk, know how to speak (pl.). Kougua e h., you two are speaking. Gua pegea e I?. iho, two people are talking. Kimaaua maa h., we two are talking. He'e h., not to know how to speak. See baanimo (nimo I ) , hakatetege. hakahegeu. N(a)V, com. T o speak, talk (as of first person sg.); conversation. T e mi'ihai 'anga e h. ai au, the little event I'm talking about. Tau h. e haina (Canoes, p. 43), your conversation being made there. KO au maa It., I was talking. hakahegeu'aki. P1. Nggela leu. hegeu hakamakau (hengeu h.). V. T o condemn, accuse. hegeunga (hengeunga). N(a). Word, speech. hakahegeunga. NA. Conversation, speech. hegeunga ho'ou (hengeunga h.). N(a). News. hegiko (hengiko). See 'agiko. hegiu'aki (hengiu'aki). See giu 1,2. hego (hengo). 1 = hegohego. Der: hehego. 2.

.

.

.

NF. A tree, Ficus titlctoria Forst. f., similar to 'aoa, with wood used for house posts and fruits eaten in famines; tapa was made from its bark. hegohego (hengohengo). V. T o be yellow (esp. as said by young people), yellowish-brown, tawny; a term originally associated with the dying of tapa with turmeric. B: kego I. Der: h. 'arzga. PPN felofelo. heghaghu'aki (hengaghu'aki). See ghaghu. heghalitaki. See ghali I . heghebutaki. See glzebu. hehaka'atu'atu'aki. See -'atu'atu. hehakaiho'aki. Reciplpl. See iho. hehakatau'aki. See tau 2 . he-. Aaki. Variant of he-. . .-'aki. (Gram. 8.6.) PPN fe-. . .-faki. hehega (hehenga). V. T o sit or stand with legs apart, as to expose genitals. (Women must sit with knees together.) Noka tau tu'u h., don't stand with legs apart. Restr. See moe h. Der: hakahega, hegalzega, maahehega, mahega, malzegahega. PPN fela. hehego (hehengo) = Izegohego. he-...-hi. Variant of he- ...-'i. (Gram. 8.7.) PPN fe-. . .-fi. hehokihokisaki. See hoki I . Der: h. 'anga. h e - . . A . Variant of he-...-'i. (Gram. 8.7.) PPN fe-. . .-i. he-. .-'i. P1. affix. (Gram. 8.7.) PPN fe-. . .-'i. heigho'aki. See igho. hei'iti. See 'ci. he'ika'ika'aki. See 'ika'ika. heinainahaki. See inaina. he'iti. See 'ei. hekaapani'aki. See kaapani. hekaaui. See kakarr. hekaheka. V. T o be smeared, filth-littered. Restr. Der: baahekaheka, haahekaheka, hakahekalzeka, 11. 'anga. PPN fekafeka. hekaia'ataki. See kaia'a. hekanukanu'aki. See kanukanu. hekau. N(o), com. Work, workers. See hai h., T229:6. PPN fekau. hekau hakagegema'ugi (h. hakangegema'ungi). N(o). Miracle; astonishing work. hekau he'aabaki'aki. N(o). Communal work, cooperative society. hekau hepiitaki'aki. N(o). Cooperative society. hekau hepipiki'aki. N(o). Communal work, cooperative society. heke. NF. Octopus, Octopodia sp., Wolff 1:61, previously much desired as food. Unlike the nguuheke and gobagoba, it has only eight

.

.

heke 'atua

g w

For ~~ecipr~ocals urd yllrt.nls he,ainning 11,iflz he-. delete the prefix he- cmd loo/< for file stem.

tentacles (Xabei) of equal length. See ex., hakagigiu, T9 1:5. Der: hckeina. hakaheke V. T o swarm, of heke. PPN f r k c . heke 'atua. NF. An octopus mith long te~tacles. Der: Izeke'atrtaina. heke beka. N F . A bind of octopus said to hide when it sees fish. Lit., stingy octopus. Der: hekehckaina. hekeheke. V. T o be large and spreading, as a tree. See lzau h. Possibly PPN fckefeke. heke magie (h. mangie). NF. Large octopus that rests loose on the sea bottom and lets ." sharks and others nibble its tentacles. Lit., generous squid. heke mogi (h. msngi). NF. A kind of small reef squid o r octopus. Lit., hard octopus. Der: hekeinogiina. heke te 'ugu'ugu = I ~ e k e rnogi. Lit., reef . octopus. heketi. See eke. heki (heki, hoki). Pre-verb adverb. Not yet. (Gram. 4.4.) heki. Variant of he- ...-'i. (Gram. 8.7.) P P N fe-. . .-ki. heki'i. V. T o let wind, fart. B: kii 1. Der: 11. 'anga. helangallanga'aki. See larrgalanga. hehogha'aki. See logha 2. Der: 17. 'anga. hemzkakau'aki. See rnakakau. Der: 11. 'anga. hemasi'i. See inasi'i. Der: 11. 'atzga. he-...-mi. Variant of he- ...-'i. (Gram. 8.7.) PPN fe-. . .-mi. hemi'i. See -mi. Der: 11. 'anga. henaki. Variant of he-. . .-'aki. (Gram. 8.6.) PPN fe-. . .-naki. henua. 1. N(o). Land, as opposed t o water; island, unknown land (poetic); people of the land. N a h. poo m a t e ' a o , day by day (this is also a statement of inevitability: n a h. p o o n7a t e ' n o , t e sagatnu'a k a g o 'oti poo si'ai, who knows, the war will end or not). Kunga h., utilized land. (T59:3.) P P N f(a.e,o)nua. 2. NB. Afterbirth. See ex., kaprtti I . PPN fenua. Henuaa-Mu'a. N(o). Front-Land, a n honor. name for turtle head. Henuaa-Mugi (H. Mungi). N(o). Back-Land, an honor. name for rear portion of turtle. See ex., ti'i. Henuaiho. NP. The underworld, the home of Mahuike. hengabai. See -gabai. hengabainga. See -gabai. hengaghu'aki. See glzaghu.

-

...-

...-

hengahenga. See hegahcga. he-. .-ngaki. 1. Variant of he-. . .-'aXi. (Gram. 5.6.) PPN fe-. . .~r,oa/ci.2. See he-. . .-gnki. hengau. See h e g ~ u . hengengei. See Iwgegei. hengengema'ungi. See ~ e g e t n a ' u g i . hengeu. See hegerc. hengen hakamakau. See Izeqeu 11. hengeunga. See hegeunga. hengiko. See 11egiko. hengiu'aki. See hegiu'aki. hengo. See hego 1, 2. hengohengo. See hegolzego. heohi. V. 1. T o be everywhere, all. H. sina, to be completely white- or grey-haired. K O teenei, k u a k a k a i e n u m a k a u o h., here all the enemies live. M o s o h., everything cooked. K O leenei, e 11. a i re ' u a , it rains everywhere here 2. T o be black and fully ripe, of gectnrtgi. K u a h. re bakaa geernugi, the soaking geemrrgi berries are ripe. heoka. V. T o drive off others, be fiercely antisocial. T e toliitoki e h. i ona punua, the dog fiercely guards her puppies. (T220:3.) hakaheoka. N(o)V. T o strike, esp. of gods; to be struck; to be a striking dietp or ancestor. T e pegen m a t e o 17. ki ona pegea t~a'rrgio rnasasaki o m a m a t e , the dead person strikes his living relatives and [they] become sick and die. K O k o e t e h., you are a fierce supernatural. Der: 12eoka 'anga. heheoka'aki. V . T o quarrel o r fight, as from jealousy or the desire to keep a person for himself. Der: h . 'anga. -heokaina. hakaheokaina. V. TO be struck. punished. heongea'alci. See ongea. Der: h. 'anga. hepake'aki. See pake I . Der: 11. 'anga. hepu'i. See -pu'i. Der: h. 'anga. he-...-saki. Variant of he- ...-'aki. (Gram. 8.6.) PPN fc-. . .-saki. he~igi(hesingi). V. T o ask questions, inquire. B: sigi 2. Der: 11. 'anga. hesogoi (hesongoi). See sogo 3. hesoogoi (hesoongoi). See sogo 1. hetae, hetaezki. See -rue. hetagai (hetangai). V. T o compete, struggle with. K O Titnoti n o k o 1 1 u h t i tena m a n g o o o h. aano no'a., Timothy pulled on his shark and [they] fought and [the shark] was finally tied. hetagi. See tagi 3. hetaiaki. See -me.

.

higinga

For reciprocals ar~dplul-als beginning with he-, delete the prefix he- and look for the stem. he.. .-taki. Variant of lze-. . .-'aki. (Gram. 8.6.) PPN fe-. . .-taki. hetangai. See /zetagai. hetau. See tau 4, -tau 2. -hetau. hakahetau. V. T o be influenced, usually unfavorably. T e haitaina e 11. k i te kaita'okete o ku'aibinu, the younger brother was influenced by the older brother and drank a lot. N o k o h. a Moa kia Puia, Moa was influenced by Puia. Rare. heta'u. NF. A large tree, Caloplzyllum inoplzyllunz L., used for canoes, bowls, curved house rafters, slit drums; its roots used for fishhooks, its flowers as adornments. See pua 2, T2[B]:7, N45. Der: heta'uina. PPN feta'u. hetauaki. See -tau 3. hetau'aki. See tau 2. hetegeki (hetengeki). See -tegeki. heti. NR. Head. See boloheti, hetimane, tele. Eng. Rare. he-. -ti. Variant of he-. . . -'i. (Gram. 8.7.) PPN fe- . . -ti. hetiko'i. P1. of tiko. hetimane. N(o) Headman. Eng. hetogo, hitogo (hetonzo, hitongo). See togo 3. hetogohi (hetongohi). See togo I . hetui. N F . Volunteer plants, as of yams, panna, sweet potatoes, as in fallow gardens (tagipou, ~na'aga).Nu tamagiki e boo te lzainga 17., the children are going to get volunteer plants. Der: Izetuiina. PPN fetui. hetu'u. N(o). Star, constellation. See ex., ngaai'i. PPN fetu'u. hetu'ua, hetu'uina. V. To be star-lighted; to be many stars out. E h. te poo nei, tonight is star-lighted. PPN jcru'ua. hetu'u ghapu. N(o). Stars and constellations that rise during the planting season (June to September), including Matagiki, Togunga Maaui, Tago, Geekee, Te Gaa o Matagiki, Tetinomanu, Kigikaa, Tehetu'utaugua, Tagapogu, Tupa, Mahugege, Mahutoko. hetu'u kagakaga (h. kangakanga). N(o). Stars and constellations that rise during the season without harvests (k., about October to May), including Bulibuli, Kaukupenga, Ma'ukoma'a, Tetoki, Sokisoki, Teika, Tugaagupe, Baisakunga, Kaabei. Hetu'utagaba (Hetu'utangaba). See Tu'utagaba. Hetu'utapa'ao. NP. Morning star. Lit., star calling daylight. -heu. hakaheu. V. T o trust others to work for one without pay. KO Moa e lz. tona baka

..

.

ke tau e Puia ia te ia e ghaulia, Moa trusts Puia to make his canoe for him because he is busy. heuguhi. See ugu I . heumi. See ztmi 2. -hi. Variant of he-. . .-'i. (Gram. 8.5, 8.7.) PPN - f i. hia. V. com. How many? E 17. mane? How much money? Hee na'a e art po noko h., I don't know how many there were. hakahia. N(o)V. How many times? What day of the lunar month? How many thatch panels? T e 11. teenei? T e hakaono. What day of the lunar month is this? The fourth (or eighteenth). KO koe h. ki Mugaba? How many times have you been to Rennell? E 11. te huge nei? E hakalzitu. How many thatch panels has this house? Seven. (Gram. 7.2.) PPN fika. -hia. Pasltr. suffix. (Gram. 8.5, 8.8.) PPN -fia. hianga. V. used with counting classifiers and a few other words. E h. kiiniu? How many tens [of coconuts]? E h. ahe? How many hundreds [of panna piles]? E h. noa? How many thousands [trees, long objects]? E h. poo? How many nights? E 12. tu'aa heke? How many octopus? -hie. Nonproductive ameliorative suffix in ga'ohie, lzaingaohie, ntagaokie. (Gram. 8.3.) PNP -fie. higi (hingi). 1. NF. Pink-spotted fruit dove, P t i f i ~ ~ o p richardsi us cyaizopterus Mayr, Wolff 7:14. Hai au pe te It. kaa teke (T159[B]:10), I act like the jealous fruit dove. See 'aubenua. 2. V. To braid, lash, twist; to construct, build a nest. See taka h. 1. Der: kakahigihigi, Iziginga 2, hihigi. PPN firi. 3. V. To choose, select, vote; to be choosy, selective. Uta h., to select as a crew for a flying-fish canoe. See kai lz., taka h. 2. Der: Iziginga. PPN fili. higi 'anga (hingi 'a.). NA. Braiding, lashing, constructing; choice, selection. T e h. 'a. p te baka, the lashing of the canoe. -higihigi (-hingihingi). hakahigihigi. V. To wrap, lash; to plait, as dolls for kuba. (T66:63.) higimatu'a (hingirnatu'a). N(o). Wife. Also, hiimatu'a. See Telzigintatu'a. (T230:6.) Rare. higirnoto (hingimoto). NF. A kind of tree with edible fruits, used for house construction. Der: higimotoina. PPN filimoto. higinga (hinginga). N(a). 1. Choice, selection, preference; plants selected for planting. Taku

higingaa i taku kaui, my choice among my fish. (T220:12.) B: Irigi 3. 2. N(o). Braid at base of a coconut-leaf basket (kete gau niu) or bag (Lete nzagrtu). See ex., saghaghi. B: lligi 2. higingaa (hingingaa) qual. N(o). Bulbils, as of boiaro yams. higo (hingo). 1. V. T o coil, braid. H . aXe te uka nei, braid this rope. Der: h. 'anga. hakahigo. Caus. Teenei h. te 'agohoo, this love is twisted (love chant). PPN filo. 2. V. T o mix, as food, or as persons with others unlike himself, K O art e 11. i Lenimaka, te pengea 'aatea e It. i konei, I mix with other people in Denmark, a foreigner mixing here. Der: higohigo I . PPN firo. 3. N. A long ltuaa m a k o song and dance. T e k. o Tahua, the song honoring Tahua. Ta'ai te h. teenei? Whose long dance song is this by? 4. T o writhe, as in pain. higo'aki (hingo'aki). NF. Same as ilia gege or a related species. Rare. higohigo (hingohingo). 1. V, com. t o mix, connect; to be mixed. Te pegea h., a person of mixed ancestry. Sagu h., to assemble all manner of things, as property, food; such a collection. H. tc poo m a te 'ao, to be mixed night and day, as at twilight. T e kunga h., place with mixed persons (as brothers and sisters), unsegregated. B: Izigo 2. hakahigohigo. Caus. PPN firofiro. 2. N(o). Area between shallow and deep blue sea. bigosia (hinaosia). V. T o groan, complain. hehigosia'aki. V. T o suffer (pl.). hihi. NB. Vagina. Kai ake tou h., eat your vagina (curse). RESTR. PPN fifi. hihigi (hihingi). Redup. of higi 2. H . te kete, braid the bottom of the basket. T e gar1 'ugu o re llalline e h., the hair of the woman is braided. (T147:3, T227:3.) Der: 11. 'anga. hihiu. PI. of hiu I. hii, hakahii. N(a)V. T o give a war cry, shout of triumph; such a cry. See liagikao, T108:lO. hi-. .-'i. Variant of he-. . .-'i., esp. before words beginning with i-: see igho, hiiglzo'i; ina, hiina'i. Such derivatives are defined under the bases. Delete h.- and see the base. hiimatu'a. See kigimatu'a. hiina'i. See ina. hiina'iho. See ina. hiinau. V. T o be bored, indifferent, uncooperative, uninterested, lazy, not in the mood for work; to avoid, leave alone. KO au e h. ia re a u e sfanzoe, I am bored because I want to sleep. Ko au e k . k i t e ina k i te hahine, I am bored with seeing the woman. See ex., hai 'ia. hakahiinau. V. T o dislike, be bored 11.

+

.

with, shun, avoid; to be boring. K O ia t p hahine IT., she is a disliked mpoman. Te hekarl h., shunned, avoided work. H. e Xigntort ia M o a , they avoid Moa. hiinaua. Pasltr. of hiinau. hakahiinaua. Caus. hiiniu (heeniu). N(o). 1. Cluster, as of Rccrnr,gi, ghaapoli. 2. Tens, as of coconuts, a.ater bottles (bai), baga nuts, papayas, and other round objects; Category 5. Gram. 7.2. H . tutna'a e tasi, 1 1 (coconuts, etc.). Gitnaflga h., 50. hiiteni. N(o)V, com. Heathen days and times. heathen; to be heathen. Kirnatou noko 11.. we were heathen. N a 'aso h., heathen times. See ex., tuprt'aLi. Eng. hakahiiteni. V. T o act like heathens. Taka I?., to live together as man and wife without preceding church ceremony. Also hiitini. hin-. V, sg., contracting with directionals ake, ange, atu. See hinu iho. hina iho. V , sg. T o go or come down, shoreward, northward, westward, or away from RIB. H. i. a. Tokonangangi (T52[A]: lo), Tokonangangi came down to the shore. K O koe h. i. ki Honiala nei, you have come down here to Honiara. See hin-, Gram. 4.6. Dcr: h. i. 'anga. hinake. V, sg. T o go or come up, ashore, southward, eastward, or t o RIB. Koe h. i Honiala, you have come up (to RIB) from Honiara See hin-. Der: 11. 'anga. hinangago (hinangango). NBV. Larynx, believed the seat of emotions and thoughts; to have thoughts, feelings. H. rnangeo, sore throat. H . sasaka i te koe, heart entreats you. Kakabe atu tou k., think carefully (advice t o a flying-fox snarer). E 11. 'eha, to be strong-willed; to work hard. See ex., hakarnamae. PPN finangalo. hinange. V, sg. T o pass or go by. See hin-. Der: k. 'anpa. hinatu. V, sg., com. T o go away (often a command). E llai kau ngo 12. k i Marahenua, I'm going to Matahenua (said by one going west from Ngongona to Matahenua, Be). -hine. Female. See hahine, ta'ahine, tama'alzine. PPN -fine. hingi. See kigi 1, 2, 3. -hingibingi. See -higihigi. hingimatu'a. See lziginzatu'a. hingimoto. See higimoto. hinginga. See higinga. hingingaa. See higingaa. hingo. See Izigo 1 , 2, 3, 4. hingo'aki. See higo'a ki. hingohingo. See higohigo 1, 2. hingosia. See higosia. * hitaeaki, hitaiaki. See -rue.

hoahoa 'ia hitagi (hitangi). See tap' 3. hitaiaki. See -tae. hiti. 1. N(o), com. Original inhabitant of Re and Be (see Canoes, p. 424; T66:47; Religion, Chapter 9); certain large stones on trails leading to the sea (see loghoghi); large coral blocks just outside the reef exposed at low tide; wretch, no-good (as in insults: see hakagau, huhu, taa baangage). The 11. were killed off, but only after many apparently new plants and fauna were shown the RIB, and harvesting techniques for soi tea, paipai, geernugi, as well as buglzo seining, torch fishing for flying fish, akui catching, shark fishing, longicorn larva (ahato) tapping. See 'atu lz., fapungao o hiti. Probably PPN fiti. 2. V. To die out, as a clan; to end, as a trail. hakahiti. V. T o annihilate, exterminate; to express fear of death; to have a premonition, usually bad; to complain as of sickness or discomfort. Taa h., kill everyone. E 11. i te ia e rnataku k o ia kaa mate i te masaki, he says he is afraid he will die of sickness. hakahiti 'anga. N(a). Annihilation. hiti'aki. V. To end, be the last. 3. V. To project, emerge, as a fish from water or as the sun; to come up, as the end of a teeter board; to become erect, as a penis (restr.); to open, as eyes; to spring, as a trap (see ex., paapaga I ) ; to protrude; to turn, as a corner or point (T229:6); to open, as a pocket knife; to squirm, as in sleep (see moe h.); to walk on one's hands; to fall down, as from a cliff (T206:5). Der: hitihiti, mahiti. hakahiti. V. To tip up. PPN fiti. -hiti. hakahiti. V. 1. To pay a debt, as to give produce to the owner of a garden one has used, or to give fish to the man who has donated a tree for a canoe. 2. To speak derneaningly of a gift one gives, apologize for giving nothing suitable. hitihiti, hitihiti'aki. V. To leap about, squirm, wiggle; to flap, as caught fish; to spring up and down. H. gaungutu, to move the lips as to play the bow (see hapa). hakahitihiti. Caus. H . tu'aa mata, to raise eyebrows. Der: Izehitilziti'aki. PPN fiti. hitihiti gau ngutu (h. ngau ng.). NAV. Jew's harp (see hapa); to play the harp. hitihitikaubago (hitihitihubango). NF. A fish, probably Moorish idol or a similar butterfly fish, Zanchus canescens (L.). hitihitikia. V. To be beginning to get gray hairs. hitiko'i. PI. of tiko. hitipoi. V. To jump rope, usually with the bae vine or ue rattan cane; t o jump. To'o mai he bae ke h. ai, bring a bae cane to

jump with. See poi, grasshopper. Lit., spring as a grasshopper. Hiti-'Ugi (H.-'Ungi). NFR. Black-Hiti (flying fox, honor. name used in prayers to the god Titikanohimata). Tuku mai e Tou-Tapungao te H.-'U., may the Sole-Of-Your-Foot provide Black-Hiti (R). hito'aki. See to'o 1. hitogo mitongo) = heoka, hetogo (togo 3). hitu. 1. N(o)V. Seven, seventh, seven times; to be seven, seventh, seven times. (T214:6.) hakahitu. N(o)V. To do seven times; the 5th and 19th nights of the moon; to be such. (N27.) PPN fitu. 2. To be a month of the year, from June to July; this month. hitu angahugu. N(o)V. Seventy; to be seventy. (Category 1, Gram. 7.2.) hitunga qual. V. 70 (if followed by hiiniu, kau, kumi); to be 700 (if followed by gau, gua, ahe, kauhusi, huata, mano). See Gram. 7.2. hitunga 'ao. N(o). Saturday. Lit., seventh day. hiu. V. 1. To be bored, tired; to have had enough to eat. Der: Izilziu, h. 'anga, lziulziu. PPN fiu. 2. To plait the sides of a mat. Der: hiunga. hiuhiu. Redup. of hiu I. hiunga. N(o). Border, as of a mat (the part done first), border of a garden. Rare. B: lziu 2. boa. 1. V. T o crack, as nuts of tagie or baga trees; to cut or lacerate the forehead, as with axe, stone, or knife in mourning; to break or hatch, as an egg; to bump, as the head; to smash; to drive fish into a seine, as by beating the sea with sticks or by throwing stones. (T83:2, T120.) Der: 11. 'anga, kohoa, mahoa. PPN foa. 2. V. To mix, as water with resin (pugu) for tattooing. Also 1100. See ex., tapageba, T53:7. 3. N(o)V. Whore (whether paid or not); to act the whore or romp with whores. Eng. See huge h. boa, hoaa qua1 (huaa). V. To begin. E. h. te ma'aga ke boga, begin to clear the garden lying fallow. E lzoaa masa te tai, the sea is beginning to ebb. (T122:7.) hoa'aki. V. 1. T o begin, as new work; to go for the first time. E h. toku baka ke tau, begin to carve my canoe. KO au noko h. ki Lenimaka, I have come for the first time to Denmark. Also, hoo'aki. 2. To split, as wood. Also lzoo'aki. hoa 'anga. N(o). Cracking, breaking. B: lzoa I . (T83:2.) hoahoa. V. T o crack, split, smash, as an enemy's canoe. B: hoa I. Der: hehoahoa'aki. hoahoa 'ia. Pasltr. of hoahoa.

+

+

hoa 'ia hoa 'ia. Pasltr. of hoa I; to be smashed, as a canoe. hoe. 1. N V . Paddle; to paddle (less com. than a'ago): to follow, as a leader, or as a small fish afier a large fish; to chase after. TaXu 11. my paddle. T e It. o toXu haXa, the paddle of my canoe. T e h. o n.loana Lo M o a , Moa is the great paddler of the open sea. K O Tcbegi c rx'u i re 11. ia Moa, Tebegi stands by Moa's paddle (she is his wife). E h. i te '@Xi, follow the chief. T e toLitoXi e h. i t e Xagae, the dog chases the swamp hen. Canoe paddlers were named as follows, with numbers referring to the number of men in the canoe: -. h. rnua, forward paddler; 11. gagango, second paddler (4, 5, 6); 11. baabaa, center paddler . (3), third paddler (4), next to last paddler (5, 6); k. uso, center paddler (3); Iz. mugi, last paddler; k. 'oga, third from last paddler (5, 6). See ex., taglzaghi. Der: hoehoe. hehoe'aki. V. T o paddle. E 17. e M o a te baXa, , Moa paddles the canoe. E h. a M o a ia 4 Tebegi, Moa follows Tebegi. PPN fohe. 2. N(o). Bus fare, a term said to have been invented in Honiara by Paul Sa'engeika. Po e hai he h.? Has [anyone] a bus fare? hoe'aki = hehoe'aki; paddler (T223:2). hoe hahai. N(o). Person steering a canoe, binnacle wheel; to steer. T h. h. o te nloana, the helmsman of the open sea. See ex., oXeoXe. hoehoe. V. To paddle; to accompany. B: hoe I . hehoehoe'aki. Recip. hoga (honga). 1. V. T o spread, as mats; to dub evenly, as the surface of a canoe log before final deepening (abolaghe). E 12. tu'a togu nu rnuliXope, the mats have three layers. See ex., baba, honotupu, T4:4. Der: h. 'anga, hogahoga 2, hogasia, hohoga, maahoga, rnahoga, rahoga, raakoga, tanhohoga, taaraahoga. PPN fola. 2. NF. A kind of Lake eel. Der: hogairla. - hogahoga (hongahonga). V. 1. T o tell, confess. Der: I?. 'anga, h. 'ia, hogahogaina, hogahogasia, hogasia 2, hohoga 2. hehogahoga'aki. Recip. 2. T o spread out, stretch. H. ba'e, to stretch the legs. H. e. Tebegi na ba'e o te tama'iti'iti, Tebegi stretches the legs of the child. B: hoga 1. Der: h. 'ia, hogahogaina, hogahogasia, hohoga 1. PNP folafola. hogahoga 'anga (hongahonga 'a.). NCV. Account, telling, story; to tell such. T e h. 'a. e Tebegi re tagatupu'a, Tebegi's telling of the story. Ta'a M o a h. 'a. o te tagarupu'a noXo gaoi, Moa's telling of the story was fine. hogahoga 'ia (hongahonga 'i.) = hogahogaina 1, 2. hogahogaina (hongahongaina). Pasltr. of hoga-

-

-

Ilcga 1 , 2 . T e r~li'irurrfriprt'aXdr( II., the little story I'll tell. (TI 22: 1.) hogahogasia (hongahongasia). = hogal~ogairirr. hogasia (hongasia). Pas~tr. of hoga I . 2 = hogahoga I . PNP folasia. hoga tu'utaki (honga t.). N(o)V. T o spread mats next to each other; mat spread in the cult site between the resting places of the haXn'atrtu and ru'ot~t'a( R ) . E tatahi tr 11. 1. kc llano te 'atrra Xaa kc tausrt'rt a P I ~ C N , strike the sacred mat that the god may leave and the people be released from sanctit!? (tartsrt'u). hogau (hongau). N(a)V. corn. Ocean voyage or trip, as between Re and Be; canoe making a voyage, travelers in the canoe; to make a sea voyage; to flock. of birds from afar; a group, as of flying fox. K u a gege f c .siuhogarr (T233:2), surging desire to travel. hakahogau. V. T o welcome and provide for sea travelers. K O koe e h. e au, I'll provide for you arriving from the sea. Der: Iloo,gnrt. hehakahogau'aki. Recip. PPN foluu. -hogau 'ia. (-hongau 'i.). hakahogau 'ia. V. To be hospitable to sea travelers. E a'u te hogart X-e h. 'i., the visitors come and are cared for. -hogauina (-hongauina). hakahogauina = hakahogau 'ia. Takri hogau nzai Mugaba krra h., my trip from Re was cared for well. hogi (hongi). V. 1. To go by canoe a short distance; to take a canoe a short distance. E. 11. 'atrra, gods go by (as to destroy). (T70:5, T224:3.) Der: hohogi. 2. T o do in parts or sections, as tattooing. Rare. PPN foli. hoginga (honginga). N(o). Short canoe trip. hogo (hongo). N(a)V. T o swallow whole without chewing; to take bait; swallowed thing. E 11. e M o a te kunini; e h. te kurlini n Moa, Moa swallowed the medicine. TO XI^ h. nei k u mare! My swallowed thing (food) here has died (demean. expression of love for a close relative, said by women)! See kai h. (T41[A]:12, T41[B]:15.) Der: h. 'anga. haahogo. V . T o give to swallow; to force to swallow (N55.) See manla. Der: hehaalzogo'aki. PPN folo. hoho. V. T o be dark, as rain clouds or tattooing; to retattoo so as to darken; to bring dark clouds, as wind. E 12. re rnatangi, Xe 'ria, the wind brings dark clouds and there will be rain. hakahoho. Caus. hohoa. V. Redup. of hoa I; to cut the forehead; to smash, as a bottle; to burst into beauty, of youth. PPN fofoa. hoho 'anga. N(o). Blackness of rain clouds. black clouds. See ex., penrc 2,tarau 5.

honu hoboatu. Short for hohoa atrr. See kohocc, T 55:5. hohoga (hohonga). V. 1. To spread, as mats. (T178:3.) H. tu'a, to lie humped over on the back, not flat. See kubikubi goo'afa, Tl(B):12, T24:30. B: hoga 1. PPN fofola. 2. To announce, as a gift (tonu) to the priest-chief. hakahohoga. V. (a) T o tell, exaggerate, as news. Tebegi e tigi h., Tebegi scolds continuously. (b) T o be intelligent, wise. hohoga 'anga (hohonga 'a.). N(o). Matriline. See ex., potu 2; Canoes, p. 12, N l36(B). hohogi (hohongi). V. T o turn or swerve, as a bird before landing. B: hogi I . Der: hehohogi'a ki. hohonga. See hohoga. hohonga, hohongaa qual. N(o). Top, brink. (T75[B]:2.) Also, Izonga, Izongaa. hohongi. See holzogi. hoi. N(o). Good-for-nothing, rascal; worthless (a disparaging slang expression common in the 1960s, rare in 1972). hoka. N(o). Hawking, goods hawked (sold house-to-house or in one's house rather than in a store). KO Moa e hai tona h., Moa hawks goods. Eng. hokai. 1. NF. General name for monitor lizards, Varanus indicus indicus (Daudin) Wolff 1:125. H. eat pigeons (gupe) and little chickens; those with short tails are believed the embodiment of non-worshipped gods; they are not eaten. For a demean. use, ibihogo. (T20:2.) Der: hokaiina. PPN fokai. 2. N. Be term of reference for one's own wifc, sometimes said in anger or jest. Tehea teenei h.? Where is this little wife [of mine]? Be. See Re: glzoboglzoghi. hokai e aga kinai a Kaitu'u = hokai fapu. Lit., monitor lizard that Kaitu'u assumes the shape of. hokai tapu. NF. A kind of small lizard, believed the embodiment (aga) of Kaitu'u, the first settler of RIB. Lit., sacred lizard. Hokapini = Hokobini. hoki. 1. V. T o go or come back, return (sg.); again, also, too. Hoki mai i Honiala, come back from Honiara. Hoki ake ki Mugiki, go back up again to Be. Der: hakahokihoki, hehokihokisaki, Iz. 'anga, hokihokisaki, hokisaki, Izokisia. hakahoki. Caus.; t o return someone; again; to take up again the role of priest-chief. Hakaanu Iz. iho nza'u (T40:5), t o ask again. Hai Iz., to repeat, do o r say again. Hakatau h., answer in response. hehoki. PI. PPN foki. 2. N(o). Stones sacred t o the god Tehanonga formerly hung at sides of gardens to ward off thieves, who were then

+

struck by the stone with swelling sickness (masaki huhuga) o r death. Tau h., to hang the stone. 3. See heki. -hokihoki. hakahokihoki = hokihokisaki. hokihokisaki. Redup. of hokisaki. hehokihokisaki. PI.; to go or come back and forth, as a ship; to be repetitive, as a chant. -hoki 'ia. hakahoki 'ia = hakahokisia. hokisaki. V . To go or come back and forth. hehokisaki. Recip. hokisia. V. T o go or come back, return, visit again, esp. to rob; to recover, return to health. He'e 11. to11 kagohia, your punishment will not be ended (it will stay forever, tarzgi expressing pity for one punished with polio). Kua 11. te ntasaki, the sick one has recovered. Toku huge nei e h., my house is visited (as by thieves). See ex., mataina, T219:8. hakahokisia. V . T o take back, return someone; to recompense, requite. He'e tau nze'a kau 11. ai te 'aabaki 'anga koutou kia te au, there is no way I may requite the help you have been to me (demean.). PNP foliisia. Hokobini. NP. Ian Hogbin, the Australian anthropologist who visited Re in 1927 and who is still remembered. Honiala. NP. Honiara. hono. N(a)VR. Rituals; priest-chiefs performing these rituals; sorcery. T e h. a Uao kia Tehainga'atua, the ritual invented by Uao for Tehainga'atua (Uao: generation 13, Re, Plate 3, Canoes). N a 12. mai 'Ubea, rituals brought from 'Ubea. T e It. e boo k i te ngaguenga, the worshipper priests go to the temple. E h. e ia te pegea kee mate, he kills the person by sorcery. See ex., galzo 'ia. PPN fono. honohono. V. 1. T o project a bit, as a point; to be somewhat high, as a bluff. E 11. te mugi 'ugu, the back of the head stands out a bit. See kosokoso. 2. T o fetch, send for. H. atu ni pegea i te lango 'anga kua taka goa, send some people for the travelers who are long delayed. honotupu. NR. Long life (informants are uncertain). Hoga tou mago Sikingimoemoe, e hoga e te nzakupuu, e hoga ki he ma'ugi, e hoga ki he h., spread your tapa, Sikingimoemoe. the grandchild is spreading, spreading [tapa] for life, spreading [tapa] for long life. hono uso. NR. Important part of rituals, esp. the kartogoto ritual. Lit., central ritual. honu. 1. V, com. T o be full of liquid; to be flooded or full of puddles; to rise, as the tide; to be juicy, as a fruit or shredded coconut; to be watery, as some rice; to be

honua'a

shipping ivater, as a canoe. KO a11 e II.,

I'm wet (as with sweat). See h. ngulrc, manaba, tataka, T63:lO. Der: honrta'a, honuIzonu, I~oohonri, hoonrtnga. PPN fonrt. 2. NF. Green turtle, Clielortia tnydas, Wolff 1:61, formerly considered the gift (tonu) of Tehainga'atua (T218:1), and offered as atigatonrt. The 11. was believed to have been first a culture hero (kakai) and now is considered a fish (kaui, ika). See tu'asibibaga, T3:S. Der: honuina. PPN fotzu. honua'a. N(o)V. T o be very full, very high, as the tide; very high tide. honu 'anga = hoonrtnga. honu bago (h. bango). NF. A kind of turtle with shell too thin for use. honuhonu. V. T o be watery, moist, soggy. B: 11o?ut I . honu mogi (h. mongi). NF. A kind of turtle. honu ngutu. V. T o have a sour stomach or taste in the mouth; to be nauseated. honu 'una. NF. A kind of turtle with good shell ('una). Three h. 'u. were tonu (gifts) of Teikabego (generation 21, Re, Plate 3, Canoes). honga. See hoga 1, 2. honga, hongaa qual. = hohonga 1, 2. hongaa ba'e. N(o). Foot of sleeping place, mat, o r grave. hongaa takanga. N(o). Cliff brink. (T45.) hongaa 'ugu (h. 'ungu). N(o). Head of a mat o r sleeping place. hongaa uma. NB. Shoulder. hongahonga. See Izogahoga 1, 2. hongahongaina. See hogahogaina. hongahongasia. See hogahogasia. hongasia. See hogasia. honga ta'utaki. See Iioga t. hongau. See hogau. hongi. See hogi I , 2. honginga. See hogin,na. hongo. See hogo. hoo. See lloa 2. hoo'aki = hoa'aki 1, 2. hoogau (hoongau). PI. of hogau. Na 'aso It., season of ocean trips (as November through January, when trips were made between Re and Be). See ex., huatani. Der: Izekoogart 'nki. hoogongaa (hoongongaa). N(a). Swallowed food, as by shark, frigate bird, or booby bird for regurgitation. B: hogo. hoohonu. V. T o be full, esp. of liquids. See isu 11. B: honu I . hoohoo 1. V. To be cloudy or overcast. 2. N(o). Exclamation of surprise. hakahoohoo. T o exclaim hoohoo. hoohookinga. V. T o be fairly good, satisfac-

+

tory; to be fair; to improve, as health. Kai h., to taste fairly well. Te tatna'iti'iti e h., the child is fairly well (as after sickness). hoohotu. PI. of Izotrc I; to sprout from a base stalk, of taro or banana. H . rcga, to begin to flame. E 11. re lango 'anga, the travelers appear. See ex., sina. B: hotu. hoohotu ugi (h. ungi). N(o). Growth stage of bananas. See llrrti I. hookinga = hoohookinga. hoomirni. See gonitaataga. Restr. hoonunga. N(o). Flood, flood waters. T P h. n tc piri haka, b i l ~ e water. Na pepa kua laghea i te 11.. the papers were carried off by the flood waters. B: honri I. hoongau. See hoogar~. hoongongaa. See hoogongaa. ho'ou. 1. Vqual. T o be new, fresh; recently, for the first time. Hai h., d o or say for the first time or recently. Der: h. 'anga. PPN fo'ou. 2. N(o)V. T o sanctify, consecrate, dedicate; ceremony for installation of a new priest-chief (tunilzenua) or other official. Kae 11. ai te nirt ki TOM-Tapungao,this coconut draught is consecrated to the Sole-OfYour-Foot. (T99:6.) heho'ou'aki. PI. H. tori takapau, your coconut-leaf mat is ritually renewed (R). hoouge (hoounge). See lroonzitni. RESTR. hosa. 1. N(o), com. Classificatory son (male speaking; both true and adopted son). Toku 11. liakahua, my true son. H , kakapigi, nephew. H. p s i , adopted son. E tokagua oku h., I have two classificatory sons. See haihosa, T141:3. PPN fosa. 2. N(o). Children's top made of ghaapoli, santabuti, or ~nagakofruit. hosi. N(o). Horse. Eng. hosiina. V. T o be many horses. hota. V. T o be the first to do something, to do for the first time, originate; to be new. novel. T e council noko 11. e Hamilton, Hamilton originated councils. Manaha l ~ . ,new homestead. E 11. e ia re aga, kae mugi na pcgea, he went first on the trail, and the people followed. See Izai'umu 11. hakahota. Caus. hoto. 1. N(o)V. Barb, as on a sting ray's tail; thorn, spur; sharp fin, as of fish such as akageko, baghaghoa, pogo, nohu; spine, as of sea urchin; prickly root hairs, as of some yams; weapon or protection, as club, axe, sacred object (n7asalru); prong, as on a spear; horn of a goat; t o be armed or protected. E 17. i te kiba, protected by a knife. Taku kiba nzanga It. ai au, I am armed with my knife. Der: hotohoto. PPN foro.

huaa boo

+

2. V qual. T o be small (mi'ihoto is more com.); to be lesser. Tehainga'atua was honored by calling his grandson (Tehu'aigabenga) the Iz. makupuu, lesser grandson. Tehu'aigabenga was honored by calling his mother your lesser mother (hot0 tinau). T e h. kiba, the small knife. hot0 'anga, hakahoto 'anga. N(o). Spear prongs (see ex. ha'igangi); thorns, spurs. hot0 gima (h. ngima). NB. Knuckles (at root of fingers). hotohoto. N(o)V. T o be barbed, thorny, bony, rough-skinned; to have spines, thorns; thorn, barb. E h. te tino nzogi, orange trunks have barbs. B: hoto. Der: hakahotohoto, h. 'anga. hot0 makupuu. See hoto 2 and tausa'akina. hot0 ngima. See h. gima. hot0 tao. N(o). Spear prong. hot0 'uhi. N(o). Thorny root base, as of panna, manaaubi, 'uhi Teni. T o k u ba'e kua taugia i te h. 'u., my foot was pierced by the thorny tuber base. Hugu is com. on Re. hoto'uhiina. V. T o be many sharp thorns at tuber base. Noka te seku i te kunga e. k., don't walk in a place with thorny tuber bases. See hoto 'uhi. hotu. 1. V. T o be punctured; to have a hole, as a canoe. E h. te ba'e o toku baka, my car's tire is punctured. See h. te sasabe. Der: hoohotu, h. 'anga, hotuhotu. baahotu, haahotu, hakahotu. V. T o puncture, pierce. E b. e Moa re baka i te kiba, Moa punctured the canoe with the knife. 2. V qual. T o be in plain sight, come forth, appear. H. ake i grrgo nei, corning up from the west here (as to do harm). See nzimi h., sigi h., titiko h., tua h. baahotu. Caus. KO Moa e tigi b., Moa scolds and spews out words. PPN fotu. hotuhotu. Freq. of hotrc I , 2; to be full of holes. baahotnhotu. Freq. of baahotu. See kai b. PPN fotufotu. hotu te sasabe. NA. Flying-fish ritual at the temple. Lit., pierce the flying fish (they are pierced and put on a string). B: h. I . hou. V. T o masturbate, esp. by women. haahou. V. T o masturbate someone else. Der: h. 'anga, hehaahou 'aki. RESTR. h-ti. Variant of he- . . . -'aki. See 'ei, eke. hua. 1. N(o). Small outrigger canoe, as for one or two persons, different from the baka 'eha. (T5:4.) 2. V. T o pick pandanus leaves for thatch. 3. Vqual. To be naked, alone. KO ia manga noho h., he just sits naked. Manga teka h. ki taha, just protrudes outside. See bai h., Ituahua, kai h. Probably PNP fua. 4. N(o). Small wave.

+

...

7 Ordbog over Bellona-sproget

+

hua, huaa qual. 1. N(o)V, com. Fruit, nut, seed, bulbil, berry; egg, as of bird or fish; ear, as of corn; t o have fruits, nuts, berries; to have or lay eggs. Hai h., to lay eggs, bear fruit. Tau h., to bear fruits. T e h. o re hahine, the child of the woman. E h. te hinangago i nu tegeu'a, the intelligence bears thoughts as fruit. (T41[A]:16, T198:2.) Der: h. 'anga. PPN fua. 2. N(o). Size, shape; to be of a size. E tasi ona k. ogaa tino, their two bodies are of the same size. Huaa is sometimes a pl. of h a : see huaa e'eha, huaa 'eha, hua 'eha, huaa gigiXi, hua 'iti'iti. hakahua. V. T o press into shape, as turmeric. PPN fua. 3. NCV. Song; to sing a song. Na 11. a nu sa'a (T71), songs by the clans. See ex., hakamotu (motu I ) , T2(B):7. Der: huatia 2. Possibly PNP fua. 4. Counting classifier for coconuts and round objects. -hua. hakahua. 1. N(o)V, com. Very important person in a village or lineage, corn. translated by Eng. 'chief', but see Canoes, p. 14, and Religion 29, for the lack of a system of supremacy among the k. of an island or district; an honorary term of reference for a man with considerable abilities or knowledge; a term for important objects, as the best abubu yam; owner, manager; to be or act as h.; to own, govern, manage. Tona h. ma'u'agunga (T212: l5), his exalted position. KO ai e h. te henua? Who owns the land? (T50[A]:28.) 2. N(o)V, com. T o have the responsibility, right, privilege; to depend on; to be very closely related, of kin (contrasting with hnkopigi, less intimate). Taina h., younger sibling or half sibling of same sex (not a cousin). Manga h. te maahina, depending on the moon; according to the moon. E hai to'ogatou h., they rule themselves; they have the responsibility. Manga h., it doesn't matter; suit yourself; either way (of a choice). Manga h. ai koe, suit yourself, it's up to you; whatever you want; you decide. Gea h. goto = hakalabagoto. Gea h. gua, to speak while another is speaking. See -hua tata'o. For hakahua, to press, see lzua, huaa 2. huaa (hoa). Vqual. T o begin. E h. maagama te 'ao, dawn is beginning to brighten. E h. hai hekau, to begin work. hua'a. NF. Harmful creatures, as beka, kagae, kaloi, and rats. T e aga h., that pest-ridden pathway (demean.). See -aJa, masakia'a, T160:9. huaa biti. NA. Beads. huaa boo. NA. Cartridge, bullet. Lit., traveling fruit.

a

..

huaa e'eha. V . T o be large. big (of pl. objects). E 11. e na baXa nci, there are many large canoes here. huaa 'eha = Ilrraa e'cha. hu'aai-. Intensifier of Iru'ai-. huaa ga'akau (h. nga'akau). N(o). All nuts. seeds, fruits, berries called Ilrra. Also, 11. rne'a. (T3:l.) huaa gigiki (h. ngingiki). V. T o be small (of pl. objects). Der: 11. g. 'nnga. hu'aaika. NF. Some crevallies or trevallies, including blue-fin trevally, C a r a n x rnelarirpygrts Cuvier. Kinds are qualified by the colors tea (light) and 'ugi (dark). H. were offered as 'itlati. Growth stages are g u p o h., h. lzakaugrtnga, and tnalatncga (the largest). (N48.) hu'aaimi'ime'a. N(o)V. T o be very, very tiny; a very tiny thing. See hu'aitni'inze'a. huaa kaso. NA. Verticle purlins of a house roof. Der: hakalzuaa kaso. huaa mako. NC, com. Men's circle dance and song. The men (constantly singing) hop on alternate legs in a circle, arms swinging vigorously (in most h. nz. the dancers make the rnogi gesture); the beat on the sounding board in the middle of the circle is at an even tempo, with sudden bursts of speed and beating at one end of the board; the dancers leap high and reverse direction at this beat. Excited dancers step on the board. huaa me'a = llrtaa ga'akau. hua 'anga. 1. N(o, pl.) Minor and honor. names (irtgoa hakaprgepege); hallowed name, as of gods. ' A t i 11. 'a kia tona uguugu, speaks minor names of his wife (as of a deceased wife). 'Oti orc h. 'a., after reciting your honor. names. 2. N(o). Bearing fruits, nuts, seeds, berries. H. 'a. mu'a, first fruits, as given f o r tithes. huaa nga'akau. See 11. ga'akart. huaa ngingiki. See 11. gigiki. huaa paipai. 1. N(o). Palm (p.) fruit. 2. NA. Bullroarer or buzz as made of p. fruit. huaa paolo. N(o). Chicken egg. huaa pati. NC. Song sung slowly with a little clapping. See pese; Canoes, p. 40. huaa polo. N(a). A single coconut (a demean. reference to a string of proferred coconuts). huaa sopi. N(o). Sopi vine fruits. hakahuaasopi. V. T o form small white caps, of the sea, so-called because of resemblance to sopi flowers rather than to the fruit. huaa taba. 1. N(o). Fruit of the k a u tabu vine (green at first, then red; edible). hakahuaataba. V. T o knead solidified turmeric into long rolls (named for resemblance to tabu (fruit). E kurnikurni 11. t e taua 'atzga o re

lrrt'air~aha, knead the solidified t ~ ~ r m e r iin c long rolls. 2. N(o). T u b a (hawk) egg. huaa Taneka. NA. European beads, usually red. Rare. huaa 'umanga. N(o). Planted root crop?. a5 yams, panna, and taro; garden plants, as banana. (T3:1, T191:3.) hua 'eha. V, com. T o be large. big. fat, important (sg.). hakahua'eha. V. T o enlarge. expand, exaggerate. hua'eha 'anga. N(o). Magnitude, size; exaggeration, intensifier. T e boibatzo t e h . 'a. o tc beka, niggardliness is an exaggeration of stinginess. hua'eha hano. V. T o grow larger, increase in intensity. hushua. N(o). 1. Curved house rafters connecting ridgepole and lower beams (sasanga). (T165:1, T167:l.) Der: h. 'anga. hakahuahua. V. T o have or construct such rafters. See llage II., hual~uakaatoa.2. V . T o be large, as h a (fruits, berries, seeds, etc.). T e niu m i e h., this coconut tree bears large nuts. E h . nu hriaa gcenrugi m i , these gccrnugi fruits are large. hakahuahua. V. T o swell, as waves. 3. NB. Pimple. PPN f u a f u a . 4. NF. Some mullets and mullet-like fish, e.g., Liza oligolepis (Bleeker). -huahua. hakahuahua. 1. Redup. of hakahrta I; to act as chief or owner. 2. Redup. of hakahua 2; to take as one's own. Ina 11. gaoi, to do as one likes, without helping others or carrying burdens; to be lazy, carefree. H a n o h. gaoi, to walk unencumbered by a burden. N o h 0 11. gaoi, to sit properly. See hai 11. 3. N(o)V. A large wave; to be slightly rough, of the sea. huahuagaoi (huahuangaoi). V. 1. T o be round. Der: hakal~uahrtngaoi.2. T o be smooth. hu'ahu'aigama (hu'ahu'aingama). NF. A kind of eel. huahuaina. V. T o be pimpled. hu'ahu'aingama. See lzu'ahu'aigarna. huahuakaatoa. N(o). All the curved rafters of a house. T o ' o m a i n i k. ke Izakahrtahua ai t e huge, bring some rafters to serve as rafters for the house. hakahuahuakaatoa. V. T o use as rafters. To'o m a i n i ga'akau k e 12. ai, bring some wood to use as rafters. huahuakatoa. N(o). Small, not planed wood to use for rafters. huahua tahanga. V. T o be a tiny infant no longer swaddled in a blanket, but placed on a mat or carried carefully by a parent. H. t. nzaru'a, to begin to crawl, of an infant. huahnatia. V. T o be carried off, as by the sea. B: huatia 1.

huatahi tangata

For some words beginning with the prefix hu'ai-, delete the prefix hu'ai- and look for the stem. hu'ai-. Much, large, big, important, very; also a prefix to honor. names, as Hu'aitemanatnpu, Hu'aitebaagoa, Telzu'aigabenga. H.- is productive, and only very com. exampIes follow. For emphasis, the syllable -'ai- is replaced by 'aai or 'aaai, and in any case is at a high pitch level. (Gram. 8.12.) hu'ai'aamonga. N(o). Large island, continent. hu'aibilaabei. V. To meet often. hu'aigabenga (hu'aingabenga). NF. Large gabetzga fish. (T7.) See Tehu'aigabenga. hu'aigiitaa (hu'aingiitaa). NA. Guitar. See giifaa. hu'aiguani (hu'ainguani). N(o)V. A servant (guarzi) of the lowest rank; to be such. hu'aihai. V. T o be common, as a word; t o do or say often. hu'aihuukenga. N(o). Typhoon, bad storm. hu'aiingoa. N(o). Important, common: or general name. hu'aikoti. NA. Overcoat, large coat. hu'aimanaha. N(o). Very large or important village or city, capital city. hu'aime'a. N(o). Important thing or possession, as flying fox teeth; subject matter, topic. hu'aimi'imea. N(o)V. T o be tiny; a tiny thing. See hu'aaimi'ime'a. hu'aina'a. V. To know very well, thoroughly. hu'ainaha = naha 2. hu'ainoho. V. 1. T o resemble extremely, to be or seem. E h. sangasanga gaoi, to be very fortunate. B h. i te hnka'angoha, to bc pitiable. 2. T o stay long. See no110 I . hu'ainoko = noko I , but said of affinal relatives rather than lineal. E a'u taku h. o tuku e ia taku paolo, my great backsides came and he brought me a chicken (female's endearing reference to her classificatory sonin-law). See mugi 12. hu'aingabenga. See ltu'aigabenga. hu'aingasuenga. N(o). Great district god. (N9.) hu'aingiitaa. See hu'aigiitaa. hu'ainguani. See hu'aiguani. hu'aipegea (hu'aipengea). N(o). Important person, leader, grown person, adult. hu'aisangasongo. V. T o suffer great misfortune or tragedy. hu'aitauiku. N(o)V, Very old person; to be very old. Hu'aite-. Beginning of many honor. names; also Telzu'ai-. Hu'aite-Baa-Goa (Hu'aite-Baa-Ngoa). GreatDistant-Sea (honor. name given to Torben hllonberg by Paul Sa'engeika, 1962).

Hu'aite-Bai. NP. Great-Water, ImportantWater. Honor. Hu'aite-Mana-Tapu. NP. Great-Sacred-Thunder, a god of the underworld; name used for the Christian God after the introduction of Christianity, but soon abandoned. (T29, story.) Mu'aite-Mano-Huti. NP. Great-Four-Hundred-Banana-Bunches, honor. name for a banana planter. Mu'aite-Noa-'Eha. NP. Many-Great-Thousands. Honor. Hu'aite-Pou-Angahugu (H.-P.-Angahungu). NP. The-Great-Ten-Posts. Honor. Hu'aite-Puke-Genga-Matangi (H.-P.-NgengaNP. The-Great-Eastern-TurmericM.). Mound, honor. name for Tehu'aigabenga. Hu'aite-Toa-Hua. NP. The-Great-FruitfulCoral, honor. name for geenzugi; toa is a black coral and this recalls ripe geemugi. hua'iti'iti. V. T o be small (sg.). Der: hakahua'iti'iti. huakatoa. N(o)V. T o be straight and only roughly smoothed, as a pole; a single house rafter. To'o m a i 11e mi'iga'akau h. kau tokot o k o ai, bring me a small straight stick that I can use as a cane. hu'aki. V. T o tell, say, utter, relate, speak. N o k o h. e koe te kupu nei kia te au, you said this word to me. (T185[A]:3.) Der: h. 'anga. huata. 1. V. To resemble, look like, be of the same size. KO Moa r h. kia Puia, Moa resembles Puia. E 12. te hage nei ki to'o Toheni, this house is of the same size as Torben's (or resembles Torben's). T e bakagege manga h. pe re tahoga'a, the airplane resembles a porpoise. 2. N(o)V. One hundred thatch panels; to be 100 (Category 12, Gram. 7.2.) H . tunza'a tasi, 101 thatch panels. Guanga It., 200 thatch panels. 3. N(o). Speciality, specialization. T e h. o te gano, te hai upo, the specialty of the Lake is to fish eels. T o k u k . te geemugi, my specialty is geemugi. Rare. hua taga 'eha (h. tanga 'e.). NCR. A kind of song sung in temples during kanogoto rituals. Lit., large house end song. huatahi. N(o)V. T o be single, unmarried; unmarried person. Also, huatasi. Der: hakaIzuatahi, h. 'anga. huatahi hahine. N(o). Unmarried woman, girl. Also, huatasi h. huatahi tangata. N(o). Unmarried man, bachelor, single man. Also, huatasi t.

hnatani. (N(o). End sections of a garden; distant sea. T e 11. o te baa hoogau, the far end of the sea to sail on. See gauhuatani. hua tanga 'eha. See h. raga 'e. -11ua tata'o. hakahua tata'o. Vqual. T o follow or accompany a chief or leader or to d o as directed by a chief. K O art manga nolro h. t. kia Adoa i te hnge nei, I am staying under Moa's leadership in this house. A1oho 11. r. kia re koe, just d o as you wish. huatau. V. 1. T o be productive, of a garden. 2. T o protrude lips as in disgust or to lower eyes in anger. K O koe e 11. i tii aa? Why are you protruding lips as in anger? H. na m a f a , irta p m o u , lower the eyes, look down. See hakabeubeu. Rare. hua tau. N(o). Tendril, as of yam or 'uhi Tonga, descending from a bulbil and taking root. hua tau tahi. V. T o have only one o r two nuts o r fruits, as a coconut or papaya. Also, h. t. tasi. huatia, hakahuatia. V . 1. T o project up at a distance, as a canoe; to be tossed about, as a canoe. Der hriahrtatia. 2. Pasltr. of hua, 3. Kau h. re haa (T71:1), I sing of the sea (poetic). 3. V. T o be admired and sought after for good Iooks. K O Tanzua noko It., Tamua was admired for handsomeness. Be. Rare. hua tnnguti. N(o). Core, as of baga nuts, isi 'atua. or maguka. hua 'uke. V. T o have many or large tubers, fruits, berries, etc., as panna or geentugi. Rare. hue. NF. A beach vine or morning glory, Ipomoea pes-caprae (L.) Roth.; it has red flowers and white sap; its leaves are applied to boils. Lake, parnulo 3. PPN fue. huehue. V. T o search, as with fingers. E 11. te ' u p ke sasaga ni kutu, searching the hair looking for lice. huga (hunga). N(o). Ulcer, as in pubic area, neck, or armpit. E tu'u tc h. i re ponga, having an ulcer in the pubic area. Der: Itu~aina,huhuga 1. PPN fula. -huga (-hunga). hakahuga. NB. Lung, air bladder (fish). huge (hunge). V. T o fell, as coconut trees by one in mourning. (T140: 13, T195[A]:6.) huge hakatamana (hunge h.). V. T o cut off fronds by one in mourning, but not to cut down trees, perhaps named for the village Tamana at Ghongau, Be. Lit., Tamanastyle cutting. huge 'ia (hunge 'i.). Pasltr. of huge. K O koo e h. 'i., the coconut trees have been cut down over there.

hugernutu (hungemutu). V . T o be short. small. Togi lr., to cut in small pieces. See haa 11. hugi (hungi). 1. N(o)V. Hurricane; to blow a hurricane or great wind; to experience a strong wind. K O Mrrgiki noko h. i gaa 'ato, Be had hurricanes in old days. See ex. gepe. T26, T235(A):47. Der: 11u,~ia'a 2, huqilrugia'a, hugisia. 2. V. T o push, shove, roll, throw (T82). hurl (T66:38), turn over (TS1 [B]:14); to drop, as a heavy obiects. H. 'aaringa, to twist arms in opening chant ('ugu). H . i poo'ligi, to sulk. H . hakahaao'o, to capsize. Der: hugia'a I , 11. 'anga, hrrgil-rrgi I , lrtcgihrr~ia'a, lr~cgihrrginqatn'n. hehugisaki. V. T o roll back and forth. PPN fnli. 3. V. T o accuse, blame; to take the blame. E. 11. e X-igatort kia re ia te Xaia'a ' a n ~ athey , accuse him of the theft. E. h , kittai te kiba he'e kitca, the loss of the knife was blamed on him. 4. Vqual. T o do unanimously; all, everyone, everybody, freely. Hai h., everybody does. Na haalline manga lrai 'unzu h. i taku hai'urnu, the women just freely make ovens in my oven. See kai Iz., 'oka lr. bugia'a (hungia'a). V. I. T o turn aside, as in disgust; to ignore others and not help them. B: hugi 2. hehugia'a'aki. V. T o be anFry at each other. 2. T o blow a hurricane. B: hrigi 1. hugihugi (hungihungi). Vqual. 1. V. T o turn over, roll; to put down, as a burden; to be busy, perplexed, confused. Gharrlia h., busy with all manner of things. Ma'ina If., to like various things, or be in doubt and shift one's likes; to have several wives at once. Maa itza h., to look back and forth. Noho'aki h., to sit or live in various places. Siahai h., to like various things; to change likes. PPN fulifuli. 2. V. T o spread, as disease; to contaminate; to expose oneself to disease. H. orr nzasaki, your disease spreads. K O koe 11. i toku kaainga o 'ugi a;,you contaminate my bed and make it dirty. hehugihugi'aki, hehugihugisaki. V. T o accuse others of bad conduct. hugihugia'a (hungihungia'a). Freq. of hugia'a I , 2. hugi 'ia (hungi 3.). Pasltr. of hugi 2.3. hugingata'a (hungingata'a). V. T o roll over, with difficulty; to be rolled with difficulty. B: h g i 2. hugisanga (hungisanga). 1. N(a), pl. V. Choice, privilege; to do as one wishes. Kinzatou tnanga 11. i tomatou nzanaha, we do as we please in our homestead. A k u h. re hai n7a re he'e hai, my choice is to d o or not to do. 2. NA. Action, work, affair, preparation.

huhunga 'Oti alw h., my work is finished. 'Oti ona It., its making is finished. hugisia (hungisia). V. To be trodden upon, as a path; to be struck as by wind or war. T e 'unranga kua Iz., the garden is struck by a wind. B: hugi I . hugu (hungu). 1. NB. Body hair, feathers; fur, feathers; prickly root hairs, as of some yams; spikes, as of the sea urchin; nail. (T2[C]:2.) Der: huguhugu. PPN fulu. 2. V. To anoint or rub, as with perfume, vasoline, or turmeric; to dye, as hair. H. te 'ugu ke uga, dye the hair red. (Tl[A]:18, T113:4.) Der: kuhugu I, huuguna. PPN fulu. 3 = angahugu. See ex., tuma'a. 4. NA. Small object, as h , ghau. hugu gaungutu 'agunga (hungu ngaungutu 'angunga). NB. Moustache. Lit., upper lip hair. hugu ghau (hungu gh.). NA. Tiny European fishhook. hugu hatu'ugi (hungu hatu'ungi). NA. Nail. Lit., rock adze spine. See ex., pisi I. huguhugu (hunguhungu). V. To be hairy; to grow, as hair or feathers; to be tattered, as an unfinished mat; to have spines, as a balloon fish. H. te 'ugu, the head is hairy. H. te 'ahinga, the armpits have hair. Malikope h., unfinished mat with plaiting strands (gau amo) not yet cut off neatly. B: hugu I . PPN fulufulu. huguhugu 'anga (hunguhungu 'a.). N(o). Hairiness. huguhugu mata (hunguhungu m.). NB. Eyelashes. buguki (ixunguki). V. To be hairy, hirsute, covered with feathers or hairs (as panna). H. tou lratalzata, your chest is hairy. hugu malibebe (hungu m.). N(o). Tattered mat. hugu mata (hungu m.). NB. Eyelash. hugumoa (hungumoa). NB. Top of arm, deltoid muscle. See rafau h. PPN fulu moa, chicken feather. hugu mugi (hungu mungi). 1. N(o). Tail feathers, tail (of birds). 2. V. To follow, go with. hugu ngutu (hungu ng.). NB. Whiskers. hugu o Tangagoa (hungu o Tangangoa). NC. A type of ancient song at the end of a mako noho and before dispersing; no explanation of the name has been reported. Lit., Tangagoa's body hair. T e ahi e megomego hcno, kae nganisugu nganisugu, kae maaganza, the fire burns hot, flames flame, and are bright (portion of a h. o. T.). hugu 'uiga (bungu 'uinga). N(o). Lightning bolt. T e h. 'rt. e too ki nu niu o bega ai, the bolt of lightning fell on the coconut palms and burned them.

h u b . V, corn. (Fast Be, Izlzuu). To scold, rant; to be rough, as the sea, to splash, as strong waves; to be destructive, cruel, thieving, noisy; to disturb, damage, upset, meddle, have sex relations, ransack, desecrate; to use without permission, as a canoe. E k. re bci, water spurts out. 0 17. ai ki na 'atua (T236: 2), shout curses as the gods. 0 h. te gangi te hati 'anga ki na ngagu, the breaking waves pound up towards the heavens. H. i te 'aso tapu, breaking the taboo day. H. i te manaha, rob, despoil a homestead. KO au e h. tnai kinai a Moa, Moa berates me. See ex., o'a, hakcpuu. Der: h. 'anga, hukuu. huhuga (huhunga). V . 1. To swell up, be swollen. Taungaa I?., swollen face; eye with epicanthic fold. E h. te ghaghapoa, tu'u tona mata, rnata sinasina, puu, o nzio tona ngako, sa'u ake tona 'atigo, kae Iigi ke maltu, the boil swells, its head rises, the head is fully formed, breaks, its pus discharges, its core comes out, and [it] goes down, heals. See rnasaki I?., tina'e h., Tl[B]:4. B: huga I . Der: h. 'anga. PPN fufula. 2. T o hesitate because of fear; to be cowardly. KO Moa e h. o he'e hego te 'ugua ma te lzano, Moa hesitated and didn't spear the 'ugua fish and [it] got away. Rare. hehuhugu'aki.

v, PI.

huhugu muhungu). 1. V. To brush off, as ants; to flow, as current; to strip off hairs, as from panna. Lae h., completely poor. Kake te ga'akau o goo 'ia ma te 11. nu kigi i nu goo, climbing the tree and covered with ants and brushing the ants off the skin. H. re magepenga, to brush away the mourning (mourning ends and chief mourner dances for the first time; see hakama'a). (Gram. 2.9.) B: lzugri 2. PPN fufulu. 2. (N)o. Sea current. See ex., Ituuguna. hutnuhuhu. V. To spray, splash, spurt; to burst, as waves or blowhole. hakahuhuhuhu. V. TO spit out in a stream, as water; to make splash or spurt up. Rare. huhu'i. V, com. To wash, as hands, clothes, dishes. H. na pikisa, develop pictures. Der: hehuhu'i'aki, hu'ihu'i. PPN fufu'i. huhuke. V, com. To untie or loosen; to undress, take off, pull out; to unfurl, as sails; to remove, as food from a package; to blow in gusts. See ex., saghaghi, T2(A):7, T5, dishes. H. na pi'ki'sa, develop pictures. Der: lzelrul~uke'aki, h. 'anga. PPN fufuke. huhuna. PI. of huna; to put on or wear a tapa, loincloth, lavalava, or trousers. (T145.) Der: h. 'anga. huhunga. See huhuga 1, 2.

huhuneu. See hrihugu 1 , 2. huhuta. N(o)V. Custom, character, habit, characteristic. H. i t e 'ika'ika, habitually angry. H. i te Ilai kairi, custom of fishing. (T235[A]:26.) huhuti. V. TO pull, as on a fishing line (T36:2); to catch a fish on a line. E 11. c te r~gagli ia M o a i te 'rigri'rigii, the waves pull hloa down from the reef. See ex., ape, :T17(B):l, T21,4:2. B: huti 2. Der: h . 'anga. hehuhuti'aki, huhuti'aki. V. T o pull one another. PPN fiifiiti. huhuu. V. T o destroy. See ex., tnaatiga. B: 111111ri.

-..

.,

* -,

-

hui. N(o). Bunch or cluster, as of baga, baghu, . kala; string, as of fish (less com. than tui kaui); fruit, as of pandanus. Der: huih~ci, . huina. PPN fuhi. huihni. V. T o hang, cling. E tau e Tebegi nu laoa i t e u k a o h., Tebegi hangs the clothes on the line and [they] hang. Der: haka~lz~rihiti, 11. 'anga. hu'ihu'i. Diminutive of hirltu'i; to dip, as into water. E h. rla girna i te bai, dip the hands in water. H. kabei (T40:5), dipping tentacles (into the sea, poetic for sunset). hakahu'ihu'i. Caus. (TI 5 1:2.) PPN fu'i'fu'i. huinga. N(o)V. Important or sought-after person; to be sought-after, visited. K O M o a t~ 11. o Tcgano, e k. kinai, Moa is the important person of the Lake, and [people] seek him out. B: hiii. Rare. hu'ingaa gima (h. ngima). N(o). Helper, esp. one who executes orders of a chief; nonworshipped god who executes orders of gods, as to punish men; police sent to make arrests. K O ' A m o k e s e t e 11. g. o Tripuirnatangi, 'Amokese was the assistant of Tupuimatangi. (T21:12.) Also, girna. Rare. hu'ipugu (hu'ipungu). V. T o take out a large v. canoe for the second night of the flyingfish season. huka, hukaa qual. N(o)V. Unplaited strips extending from the plaited portion of a mat ('rrgu m o e n g a ) ; thatch strips; long leaves, as of taro; to be long-leafed. Takic tago I?. gau, my long-leafed growing taro (poetic). See ex., giaki, tege h. tasi, T229:2. hukaa gau (h. ngau). N(o). Long unshorn thatch leaves on a roof. Toghitoghi a k e nu 11. g., shear the thatch leaves. hukaa tai. N(o). Surface of the sea. huke. V. 1. T o open as an oven; to dig out, as a canoe log ('untu). E It. t e ' u n ~ uo te baka, dig out the hold of a canoe. Der: huhrrke, h. 'anga, maalluhe, m a h u k e , taaltuIzuke. PPN fuke. 2. T o beat. E 11. a M o a ia tena ieguug~i, Moa beats his wife. E h. a

+

M o a i t e papa, Moa beats the sounding board. Der: hurrkenga. hum. N(o)V. To put on or wear a loincloth or underpants and trousers; loincloth. H. kapa tasi, to u t a r a loincloth wound only once around the body. H. tri'a Rrui, to wear one urapped twice around the body. See ex., Daga, silirc Ir., T52(A):22, T9S. Der: Irriliuna, h. 'anga. haahuna, hakahuna. V. T o put a llrirla on someone else. Der: hnahuna 'atlga. h u m ake. V. To pick up and put on or wear a loincloth or trousers. huna'aki = Iluna. (TI 10:6.) hunahuna. V. To flutter, shake. E prisi e ie o k o o 11. Ira gauXei, blown c n by the wind, the leaves shake. =hum 'ia. hakahuna 'ia. Pasltr. of hakalruna. hunasia. V. T o be wet; to come or strike, of rain, wind, disease, war. Kitnatoic e 11. i re ' u a i fe lzage nei e trrtugrc, we are wet in the rain in this house that leaks. Ori hainanga kria k., your followers are diseased. hunasi inai = Ilrirlasia kinai (R). H. orr kninanga, your worshippers are harried. hunuhunu. V. T o be disheveled, mussed, brush-entangled; to sulk, rage. hunga. 1. N(o). Son-in-law, daughter-in-law (classificatory daughter's husband, classificatory son's wife, brother's daughter's husband, brother's son's wife, sister's son's wife). T o k u h. fangata, my classificatory son-in-law. T o k u 11. hahine, my classificntory daughter-in-law. (Canoes, p. 13; T220: 3.) 2. See 111cga. hungabai. N(o). Husband's parents, wife's parents, husband's parents' classificatory siblings, wife's parents' classificatory sibings, father-in-law, mother-in-law. H. fangata, classificatory father-in-law. (Canoes, p. I ? ; T99:3.) Probably PNP frcrtga~l~ai. hungagei (hungangei). N F . Flatheaded wood borer, Clralcophora sp., Wolff 1:62, believed to have developed from the ahato. See ex., ngoingoi 2. Der: hiingarrgeiina. hunge. See huge. hungemutu. See hiigernictn. hungi. See hugi 1, 2, 3, 4. hungia'a. See hugia'a I , 2. hungihungi. See hugihirgi 1, 2. hungihungia'a. See lzugihugia'a. hungi 'ia. See hugi 'i. hungirrgata'a. See hiigingata'a. hungisanga. See hugisanga 1 , 2. hungisia. See kiigisia. hungu. See hugu 1, 2, 3, 4 . hungu ghau. See h u g i ~glz. hunguhungu. See hrcguhugrr.

hnti ta'ane hungnki. See hrrguki. hungu mata. See hugu nr. hungumoa. See ltuguntoa. hungu ngaungutu 'angunga. See hugu gaungutu 'agltnga. hungu 'uinga. See hugu 'rtiga. husi. N(o). Swamp, esp. wet-land taro patch. (T89:5.) PNP fusi. husu. V. 1. T o box, as mock boxing preceding tene and suahogi religious dances. Mataatakir te lz., ioo srtahogi, first is the chanting supplication to the gods (esp. Tehainga'atua), then the srtahogi dance. Later hairpulling (beelunu), replaced boxing. Der: hehusu'aki, 11. 'anga. PNP fusu. 2. T o shove, as a canoe over the reef. See ex., moana 1. hehusu'aki. V . T o shove a canoe back and forth, as to get the bilge water out. huti. 1. NF. Banana or plantain (either a single fruit or a bunch). Tau h., hand of bananas. Tino h., banana plant or stalk. H. kaaroa, banana plant. ' U g u h., banana patch. Taku h., my banana (being cooked or eaten). T o k u h., my banana (growing). ATa h. o na hiti, bananas of the hiti (believed on R/B when Kaitu'u arrived, as ghabaghaghi, 11. mogi, kagisi'ibai, paunao, peko, togaka). For other varieties, see below and baebae, ghaglzaghaba, glzoghipii, saukaba. Stages of growth, from small plant to ripe fruit, include gagiti, gaugau, hakaIiatu, lroo/zotu ugi, gauigi, tu'u moa, nzoanzoa, matagataga, suesue alo, mintingo, mim i n g ~'atua, sakasaka, maanzaagoo, tapogapoga, somosomo, gegeu. All Be bananas are Mrtw troglodytarrrrn T,., J4. paradisinca L., or M . sapientrim L. See ugi h., T88:ll. Der: hutiina. PPN fusi. 2. V. T o pull out, pluck, pick; to pull, as taro leaves o r gray hairs. (T63:5.) Der: huhuti, hutinga, huutia, mahrrti, mahrrtihuti. PPN frcsi. hutia, hutiaa qual. N(o)V. Aerial root, as of pandanus, 'aoa, tapaago; to hang down, as such roots. T e taulza 'anga e 11. ki te ba'egangi, the black streaked clouds hang down to the horizon. hutiaki. N(o)V. T o lead; leader. N o k a te 11. ia te kimatou ki nu pakenga, lead us not into temptation. K O M o a e 11. e ia te tau'a, Moa was a leader of the war. K O ia te It. o pegea, he was the leader of people. Der: hehutiaki'aki, h. 'anga. hutia ga'akau (h. nga'akau). N(o). Aerial roots. See kutia. huti 'atua. NF. A useless plant with leaves resembling bananas, not on RIB. Lit., worthless banana. huti hahine. NF. General name for certain

+

easily cultivated small bananas and plantains much desired, as tae and baebae. They do not grow wild. See 11. tnogi, h. ta'ane. Lit., female banana. Der: huriltahineina. huti hua peko. NF. A kind of plantain resembling the sauknba, but with smaller fruit. See peko. hutihuti. Diminutive and redup. of huti 2; to pull with short tugs; to pluck, as feathers. See ntahutihitti, T2(C):2. Der: hehrttikuti'aki, Iz. 'anga. PPN futifuti. huti mai moana. NF. An introduced 11. hahine. Lit., banana from overseas. huti mea. NF. A kind of huti ta'ane, probably Musa paradisiaca L., with a red stalk, said to have been brought to Be from Mugua, an island five days by canoe to the west, by Ngaakei, in generation 8 after Kaitu'u; this has been tentatively identified as Murua or Woodlark Island lying to the west. A Re variety was introduced recently by Teaghoa. Lit., red banana. (T227[A]:5.) Der: Izutimeaina. huti m o d (h. mongi). NF. A kind of ancient plantain, probably Musa sapientrinz L., believed belonging to the hiti, called a h. hahine (even though a plantain) because it does not propagate itself; its shoots must be planted by men. Lit., hard plantain. See ex., gegea. Der: hutimogiina. hutinga, hutingaa qual. NA. Picking, gathering, as of mushrooms, leaves for pota, manottgi; big fish caught on a line. B: ituti 2. hutingaa ghape. NA. Gathered ghape leaves; gatherin: such. huti nga'akau. See 11. ga'aliart. huti pua. NF. A kind of ancient plantain with a short stalk and short yellow fruit. Lit., betel banana. (T56: 1.) huti pua 'ugi (h. p. 'ungi). NF. A kind of 11. lzalzine banana resembling 11. p., believed introduced by Tema'ungasua of Be, probably Musa paradisiaca L. huti pugha. NF. A newly-introduced huti ta'atze banana with light peeling. Probably Musa paradisiaca L. Lit., grayish banana. buti taaghighoi (h. taangighoi). = saukaba t. Der: kutitaaghighoiina. huti ta'ane. NF. General name for varieties of bananas and plantains with large coarse fruits, as ghabaghaghi, ghaglzaghaba, ghoglzipii, lluti nzea, kagisi'ibai, paunao, peko, saukaba, togaka. H . t. are usually perennial (or may be rejuvenated). On Be 11. t . usually grow in villages rather than in gardens. See huti hahine. Der: hutita'aneina.

+

huti taanfigho huti taangiglio. See 11. taaghigllo. huti takape. NF. A kind of huti t a ' a n ~ ,Musa tr.o,gioclytarutn L., a subtype of gllahaghaglli. differing by its striped fruits, believed named for a fish called t. Der: hutitakapeina. huti uga (h. unga) = lzrifi rnea. Der: hritiugaina. huti 'ugi (h. 'ungi). NF. -4 kind of plantain said to have been introduced with the hrcti . tnea. Lit., dark banana. Der: huri'rigiina. h u h . NF. A large tree, Barringtonia asiarica (L.) Kurz; fish and pota are wrapped in its leaves. Leaves are also heated and rubbed on sores such as due to yaws (kaho) or tinea (tune). Tapa was made from the bark. Certain kinds of baga, papaya, and betel are named for the tree because of a re- . semblance to the fruits. Der: hutuina. PPN futu. "huu. 1. Vqual. T o hide; to be hidden, secret; ,.. to hide and steal, hence to steal. See kai h., ... kiba h., tau h., T41(A):16, T149:8. Der: lzuunaki, huunanga. PPN friu. 2. NF. A kind 6f conical shell used for giogio money. 3. V. T o clap slowly while gesturing ('aaunga) in dance, as during the opening chant ('ugu). E 12. e kigatou te 'aaunga, they clap while gesturing. PPN friu. hu'u. N(o)V, com. T o be stupid, ignorant. disrespectful, without result, useless: a failure; such a person, stupidity. K O au e lzano taurai ka nlanga I?., I went fishing but got nothing (said sometimes when fish are caught). E 11. ki ba'i me'a, ignorant of every-

thing. See 'onohaXina, pono. baahu'u. V . T o squander, waste, use up. ruin. spoil, wreck, destroy, malign, insult. Taku uka kua to'o e Mou o h., my line was taken by Moa and ruined. K O ai e kai b. aku rniri nei? Who ate up all my meat here? E 6. rnai e ia i te au. he insulted me. hebaahu'u'aki. Recip. huuguna (huunguna). Pasltr. of hullrtgu I; to be carried or driven off by the sea, as a person or canoe. Tc baka e 11. i te ltullugrc, the canoe is carried out to sea by the swift current. (T99:6.) Rare. huuhuu gima (h. ngima). V. T o go or come without a burden, empty-handed. huuhuunaki = huunaki. huuhuu ngima. See h. gima. huukenga. N(o). Sudden strong wind, often with rain. (T23 l:3.) B: huke 2. kuukenga ma'ugi (h. ma'ungi). N(o). Wellbeing, relief from sickness. Ke tuku e TouTapungao he 11. m. ki o u kainanga, may the Sole-of-Your-Foot grant well-being (or cure) to your subjects. huunaki. V. T o hide, conceal (poetic). B: 11uu 1. huunanga. N(a). Hiding place (T55: l I), hidden thing. B: Izuu 1. huunasi. N(o)V. Spray; to stir up spray. E h. re tai, the sea is stirring up spray. huunasi 'anga. N(o). Spray, casting up spray. huunguna. See hrircguna. huutia. V. T o be struck, as by waves; to pull. K O au c 11. i te ngagu, I've been hit by the wave. B: Ituri 2.

E. Com. causative, instrumental, locative, ablative, and temporal preposition, and causative conjunction; variants are ia and a before names of persons, and ia te before pronouns. Because of, due to, by means of, about, concerning, in at, on, from, when, while. (Gram. 5.2.) PPN i. 4. Variant of Ize-. . . -'i. See Gram. 8.7. PPN -1.

-'i. Variant of he- . . . -'i. See Gram. 8.7. PPN

- 1. 9.

ia. 1. Pronoun. He, she, it; him, her. 0 pipiki e ia (T51[A]:9), and she took [it]. 0 gosigosi ia te ia (T51[A]:3), and attended to him. See Gram. 6.2. PPN ia. 2. Demonstrative. This, that, there, another, different (unspecified place). (Gram. 6.3.) PPN ia. 3. See i. PNP ia(a). -ia. Pasltr. suffix. (Gram. 8.5, 8.8.) PPN -ia. 'ia. 1. V. Here! Here it is! Take it! Now! (Used alone.) 2. V. A shout as by dancers in the makosa'u. Also, 'ioo. (Used alone.) haka'ia. V. To shout 'ia. (T165.) 3. Com. pas/tr. part. with variants -gia, &a, -kia, -mia, -ngia, -sia, -ria, -ia, -ina-, -a, -nu. Gram. 4.7, 8.8. PPN 'ia. iaa. Conjunction. Welt, then. iai. T o be, exist. E i. koe, including you. E i. te bai, there is water. See ex., tegeu'a, T3 l(A):5, T33:1, T67:22. PPN iai. 'ia 'ia = 'ia. 2. haka'ia'ia. V . Heave ho; to shout 'i. 'i., as while dragging a canoe. 'iake. Look up, say, speak up (to attract attention, similar to 'inee). Also 'aiake. 'iake naa. Exclamation similar to 'iake, but not used alone. Well, so you see, you know. 'I. n. ko koe ka go too ilzo, well, you are going to fall down. Also, 'aiake n. ia te. See i. I. t. au, from me; because of me. iba. 1. N(o)V. Nine, ninth, nine times; to be nine, ninth. (Tl[A]:2, 3; Gram. 7.2.) hakaiba. (a) V. T o do nine times. (b) T o be the seventh and twenty-first nights of the

moon. (N27, T165.) PPN hiwa. 2. N(o). A month name, about September. iba angahugu (i. angahungu). V. T o be ninety. (Gram. 7.2.) ibanga 4- qual. T o be ninety (if followed by heeniu, kau, kumi; to be nine hundred (if followed by gau, hua, ahe, kauhusi, huata, mano). (Gram. 7.2.) ibi. 1. NBV. Bone; hard core, as of wood; inner or profound meaning, as of the Bible; root or base of a word (a meaning invented by Taupongi of Be in 1964). Toku i., my bone. Kai ma'au te i., you eat the bone (penis, a curse). Te i. o te hegeunga, the root of the word. PNP iwi. 2. (Cap.) Eve. Eng. ibigei (ibingei). NB. Collarbone. PNP iwilei. ibihakaga'aa (ibihakanga'aa). NB. Tibia. Perhaps lit., bone exposed to sun. ibihogo (ibihongo). NB. Vital bone (not a real bone, but a term of endearment, esp. as said by women about brothers). T a k ~ li. r 'agoha mai i tona kigi ba'e, o tootoo a'u i teegaa potu 'agatu'u hokai; 'aasaki ka tuku ake te me'a ke sogosogo ba'e ai, kaa ke sasaga goa mai i tona ta'ee, my vital bone (visitor) has compassion for the skin of her feet (speaker and hostess), and keeps coming to this part of the path with its lizards; forgive the lack of giving anything to wash the feet with (gift), for (the visitor) keeps coming to her feces (speaker) here. ibiibi. V. 1. T o be full of bones, as flying fish; to be skinny. PNP iwiiwi. 2 . T o work hard, industriously, and persistently. KO koe e ngago i te i. i te huge maase'i 'aasakii te huge gaoi, you are weary from hard work in the poor house, pardon is asked for lack of a good house (apology of a house owner to a man working on it). See ex., ege. ibiika. N(o). Vertical closely-knit jagged tattooing stripes on male and female legs, in pairs. Lit., fish bone. ibiina. V. T o have many bones, as a fish.

ibi kankao ibi kaokao. NB. Rib; chicken wishbone. Lit.. side bone. ibi kapikapi. NB. Fibula. Lit., tapping bone. ibikia. V. 1. T o worry. K O ia e i. ia te arl kitai masaki, he is \+.orried because I might set sick. 2. T o take care of, be generous. E i. a M o a ki ba'i pegca, Moa takes care of everybody. Also, hakaibikia. ibingei. See ibigei. ibi soni. NB. Cunt bone. Hinattt o X-ai ma'nrt he i. s., s o and eat a cunt bone (insult). RESTR. ibi tu'a. NB. Backbone, vertebral column. (T235[A]:60.) Lit., backbone. ibi tu'u. NB. Backbone, esp. of fish. Lit., upright bone. ibi uge (i. unge). NB. Penis bone. K a i ma'au t e i. rt. o t e tanzau, eat the penis bone of your father (insult). RESTR. 'ibo'ibo. 1. V. T o be round and hollow, sometimes with reference t o genitalia. Restr. 2. N(o)V. Beginning of a war cry (kagikao); to shout 'i. iboo. Meaningless refrain in chants. 'ielo. V. T o be yellow. Eng. 'iga ('inga). NB. Birthmark. Der: 'igaina. PPN 'ila. 'igaamutu ('ingazmutu). N(o). 1. Classificatory sister's classificatory son or daughter (male speaker). See hai'igaamutu, pusi, trt'aatina, TI 7[B]:2. 2. Son-in-law, daughter-in-law. Also, l u n g a . PPN 'ilaarnutu. igi (ingi). 1. N(o)V. Fan, as of coconut leaves; to fan. I. m a i i t e a u , fan me. See taigi, Tl(B)2. PNP ili. 2. NB. Back fin, as of sharks. (T37:5.) 3. V. T o climb, as children from branch to branch on a tree; to penetrate a jungle. haaid. Caus. igiigi (ingiingi). V. T o complete final polishing of a canoe. 'Igilani ('Ingilani). NP. England haka'igilani. V. T o be English. Eng. 'igohia ('ingohia). V. T o know, understand, be intelligent. (T189:4.) B: 'igoYi,yo. igoigo (ingoingo). V. T o look, esp. at a reflection. T e pegea i t e hakagege e i. ill0 ki gago, the person in the airplane looks down below. Sa'u ntai te titigo o i. k i o k u nzata, bring me the mirror so as to look at my face. haaigoigo. V. T o have someone look a t his own reflection. 'igo'igo ('ingo'ingo). V. T o know, understand, be aware of; to be wise, informed, intelligent. Names for branches of Western learning may be coined with 'i., as 'i. k i nu llatu (geology), 'i. k i na ga'akau (botany), 'i. k i na kaui (ichthyology), 'i. k i na nzanu gege (ornithology). N o k o 'i. to'a (T8:4), was very

wise. (T204:7.) Der: lzaka'igo, 'igoia. haka'igo'igo. V . T o inform, learn, give information, instruct. Sa'rt tnai te tnnprt k e 11. na aga, bring out the map to show the trails. PPN 'ilo. 'igonga ('ingonga). N(o). Symbol. haka'igonga. N(o)V. To tell or recognize, as by a sign or by feeling; to signify; sign, tohen. symbol. representation, recognition; ring on a chic1,en's leg as a sign of ownership. (T50[B]:2, 3.) PPN 'ilonga. igha. N(o)V. Leaf package; to wrap up a small leaf package, as of srtgrttnega fish in ragie leaves, or of geetizr~gi pulp; to knead, as bread. T o ' o nzai ni pnulici Xr i. ai tln sugrttnega, bring some leaves to wrap up the srcgunzcga fish in. Also, 'allii. igha-. Prefix to names of certain small fish; probably Melanesian reflex of PPN ika, fish. See below. ighaamega (ighaamenga). NF. A squirrelfish, Holocentris spinifer (Forskzl), resembling the tagcre but smaller. See niagarr. Talise ighnnzega. ighaamugu (ighaamungu). NF. Three-saddled cardinal fish, G r o n o ~ ~ i c h r h g sbandarzerlsis (Bleeker). ighaatighi. N F . General name for small fish (in lagoon or open sea), such as api, basa'itai, iglzaanlega, ighaamugu, ighabogha, kaalao, magau, nzanini, tagae; a demean. name for gift of any fish. (Fast Be: ighaatii.) (T212:14.) ighrbogha (ighabonga). NF. A. tusk fish, probably black-spot tusk fish. Clloerodon scl~oeizlcit7i (Valenciennes). Talise iphahogha. ighaighai. NF. Probably the name of a bush of the family Myrsinaceae. igho. V. T o curse. swear, blaspheme, take God's name in vain. N o k o i. to'a k i na 'atrra (T171), swore fiercely at the gods. hakaigho. V. T o cause or teach to curse. heigho'aki. V. T o curse one another. hiigho'i. PI. iha. NA. 1. Coconut sheath torch or faggot (T133:lO). 2. NA. Adze with long blade. i hea. Where? From where? Often, i heoo. iho. Com. directional part. and V. Downward, seaward; northward or westward, away from R/B; to go or come fishing (since this is always downward); to have an incline. T e ga'aa e i., the sun is dropping (about four in the afternoon). For many idiomatic uses, Gram. 4.6. See also lzinake, hina'i, T15:3, Tl23: I, T236:2. hakaiho. V. T o lower (T138:3), drop; to request peace ceremonially, as by presenting a gift (tanu); to drive, as fish out through a pass in the reef or to a net; to exorcise, a s the forest diety, Mata'u.

iloilo

from a newly cut canoe log (N19[1]). Der: ltakail~o'aki,hehakailto'aki. PPN hif o. iho'aki. V. Similar to hehakailto'aki; poetic, to hunt in the forest and things obtained there. Der: lzakailzo'aki. ihonga. NA, com. Fishing, fisherman, fishermen, fish caught. B o o t e i., to go fishing; the fishing party goes. T e n a i. e lae, his fishing got nothing. See ex., 'asoa, n:unzu'a, T65:l. hakailtonga. Caus. E b o o t e h., to go fishing. PPN hiforzga. ihonga, hakaihonga. NAV. Peace settlement; to have such. (T149:13.) ihongia. Pasltr. of i h o (poetic). H a k a i h o t o k o k e g o i., set down the pole and [fish] will come [to a seine]. PNP ifongia. iho tagunga (i. tangunga). See tagunga. iho tu'u. V. T o go down a steep or sheer incline. 'ii. 1. Exclamation of surprise, disapproval, approval; taunt. (T102:3.) 2. N(o). The letter 'i'.

-i'igo (Jingo). hakai'igo. V. To show, signal. (T122:2.) B: 'igo'igo. 'iii = 'ii 1. 'i'ikimoa. NF. A kind of shark. iinai = kinai. I. is shortened to inai after a base ending in -i, thus a'asi inai. I. is used only in rituals. See to'o i., Gram. 4.8. 'iinanga. V. To be bad, no good. i'ingo = 'ingo. -i'ingo. See -i'igo. i'ita. Redup. of 'ita. hei'ita'aki. V. T o be jealous of one another. PPN 'ita. i'iua. V. T o chirp, as the graybird. B: 'iua. ika. NF. Fish, turtle (Xcrri is in more corn. use); shark (poetic, R). See taraki, toka i., T3:1, N19(II). hakaika. V. T o swarm with fish; to supply fish (R). PPN ika. Ikaamu'a. NF. 1. Front-Fish, honor. name for front part of a turtle's shell. (T5S:S.) 2. (Not. cap.) Front part of a turtle's shell. Ikaamugi (Ikaamungi). NF. 1. Back-Fish, honor. name for back part of a turtle's shell. (T555.) Probably PPN ikanzuri. 2. (Not cap.) Back part of a turtle's shell. ika baengo. NF. Possible wedge-tailed blue tang, Paracanthurrts hepatus (L.). Perhaps Re i. baego. ika eke ogo (i. e. ongo). NF. Possibly freckled hawkfish, Paracirrhites forsteri (Bloch and Schneider). Lit., fish on mountain (probably on a coral head). ika gege (ika ngenge). NF. General name for large sailfish, marlins, and swordfish, including Pacific sailfish, Istioplzorus orierztalis (Temminck and Schlege!); striped marlin, Makaira audax (Philippi); broad-bill sword-

fish, Xipllias gladius (L.) I . g. is said to be a new name since 1938: see i. langi. Lit., leaping fish. Also, higo'aki. ika gigiki (i. ngingiki). See sugrintega. ika hai hoto. See ika tau. ika hai tino. NF. General name for very large fish as whale, porpoise, shark, bagukango. Lit., fish having body. 'ika'ika. V, com. To be angry, cross, provoked. K O art e 'i. kinai a M o a k a nzanga kukurni e art, Moa was angry at me but I controlled myself. See ex., ta'ane, T26, T41(A):16. baa'ika'ika, haa'ika'ika, haka'ika'ika. V. T o cause anger. he'ika'ika'aki. V. T o be angry at one another. Der: h. 'anga. 'ika'ika 'anga. N(a). Anger, cause for anger. (T235[A]: 12.) ika langi. Probably an older name for ika gege. Lit., tree-buttress fish. ika ngenge. See ika gege. ika ngingiki. See i. gigiki. ika taa. NF. General name for fish with barbs on their tails, as agongo, akagelco, bagukango, baghaghoa, hai, pogo, 'unte. Also, ika hai hoto. ika tahea. NF. A kind of fish believed related to the pogo. Lit., floating fish. ika takoto (kahutu). NF. Perhaps a whiting fish, e.g., Sillago ciliata Cuvier, or blanquillo, Malachantus hoedti Bleeker. Lit., lying-down fish. Rare. ika tu'utu'u. NF. General name for large fish, as agu, bagukango, ga'ea, hanganzea, hu'aaika, ika gege, taha'ugi, 'ugua, 'rctu. ika 'utu'utu = i. tu'utu'u. 'iki. N A . Ink. Eng. ikohi. See gaegae 1. iliili. 1. N(a)V. Stack of sacks, as of geemugi or sand for graves; to stack such. E i. na kete ' o n e k e 10'0 k i t e takotonga, stack the sacks of sand to take to the grave. K e 'ati nza'aku h e i., pile up for me a stack of baskets. haailiili, hakailiili. V. T o pile up. 2. V. T o overflow, spill. Te haangongo e honu o i., the calabash is full and overflows. ilo. NAV. Slice, as of fish or papaya, portion, rim, edge, side; side portion and keel of a boat without outrigger; to have Bides, portions. E i. haa t e paakosi nei, this box has four sides. hakailo. Caus.; to make a keel and side portion of a boat. T e balca tau h., a boat without outrigger, as at the Lake. Der: 12. 'anga. ilohaapapata. N(o). Square. Lit., four equal sides. iloilo. V. T o have sides. hakailoilo. V. T o make sides; rectangular. T e ga'akau e tau h., the tree is cut with even sides, rectangularly.

-

'

ilotogupapata (ilotongupapata). N(o). Triangle. Lit., three equal sides. ina. V, com. T o stay, see, see in a dream. dream of, think about in a letter; to remain aloof and inactive; to not participate or cooperate (sg. only). I. mai! Look here! I . noa, to stay without thinking or without news. I. srcgrc, to look upward without moving the head. I. to'a (T132:5), look ..directly, hard. Maa i., to stay, live, not participate, stay out, refrain, etc. E i. a Moa Xia re nu, Moa looks at me. 0 tosi taku 1eta kau i. atu kia te koe, kaa ke sui koe o i. rnai ai, and writing my letter that I may think -about you, and you in turn think about me. KO nu noko he'e i. niai kinai, I was not . seen. See i. songo, T8:6, T103:3. Der: ina'ake, ina'ange, ina'atu, inahia, ina'iho, inaina. heinahaki. V. T o look at or over one another, look askance; to stay together, cooperate. hiina'i. V. T o look at, see, stay, " h e (pl.). H. noa, to be without news for a long time. H. aano = hai aano, then, after - a while. (Heena'i, rare variant.) hiina'iho, hiina'i iho. V. T o look down (pl.). Der: . h.'anga. -ha. Corn. pasltr. suffix; a more com. meaning is .to be many of, to abound ing. See -a, Gram. 8.9. PPN -ina. in$-. Variant of ina. See ina'ake, ina'ange, ina'atri, ina'iho. inaahi = i anaahi, yesterday. ina'ake. V. T o look up (sg.; often used in the imperative). Also, na'uke. ina 'anga. N(a)V. Stopover, sojourn; view of, seeing; to stay. Mano go Iiai e au ma'aku he mi'iina 'anga i Hutuna, maybe 1'11 stay a short time in Hutuna. ina'ange. V. T o look (as towards a third person; sg.). (T1O3:3.) Also na'ange. ina'atu. V(a). T o look away (sg.). Also, na'aru. babage (i. babange). V. T o observe without --inacomprehension, as an infant. ina ghebughebu. V. T o see indistinctly. ina ghotoi. V. T o glance, look at for a moment and then look away. ina hakatu'u. V. T o look upwards. (T160:5.) inahanga. N(o). Living in poverty. Konei i. e hai e kimatou m a taku haanau he'e tau kainga, this poverty of my children and I without food. inahia. Pasltr. of ina; to be seen, easily seen or observed; to appear like. Kae i. mai na segunga, and a land points are seen. inaho. N(o)V. Swarm of birds (as bagabaga, gopiti, kanapu, kataha, ngongo) chasing and preying on fish (as opa or gobagoba cuttlefish); to flock thus. T e i. e tau, the birds are

--

striking. K c boo hai uka i re i., let's go and fish with line where the bird swarm is. E i. mai tccgaa potu, there's a su.arm of birds on that side. See kasi. inai. See iinai. ina'iho. V. T o look down (sg.); see! (Sarcastically in the sense, 'I told you so!') K e i. ki re lcta, Xo au, M o a , look at the letter, I, Moa (close to a letter). See ta'angr. ina'iho mama'o. V . T o appear fine, good to look upon. inaina. N(o)V. Things seen, assortment of things, odds and ends, usually of bad things; to appear bad. See baainaitla, T52(B):S. B: ina. Der: inainahia, mouitzaina. heinainahaki. V. T o look at one another; to look back and forth; to cooperate, work together. Der: 11. 'anga. inaina gaoi (i. ngaoi). V. 'To appear fine (usually said sarcastically). inainahia. Pasltr. of inaina. inaina maase'i. V. T o look wretched. Teenei 'atua i. m., this dirty, ugly wretch. ina mama'o. V. T o see from a distance or far. ina pa'asi gua (i. p. ngua). NV. T o look at two sides; to see gods and ghosts; hallucination. Lit., see two sides. ina popono. V. T o stare. ina songo. V. T o look with anger or lust. 'inati. N(o). Food share; formerly food share offered first t o the district gods, as to Tehu'aigabenga and his family, including such fish as bagrikango, hanganlea, hr4'aaika. liakunla, nzatahuhuga, pagangi, pogo, sugumega, taha'ugi, flying fish, parrot fish, and such plants as bananas, coconuts, geemugi, panna, taro, yams. The 'i. were less sacred than angatonu and could be eaten by humans without prior desacralization. Hai 'i., to prepare 'i. See tau 'i., roo 4 , T159(A)27. haka'inati. V. T o distribute 'inati shares. E 11. e ia a M o a i re maga'c, he distributes to Moa from the assembled food contributions. PPN 'inati. 'inati ma'ugi ('i. rna'ungi). N(o)R. 1. Offering, as of coconuts, with prayers for health. (T41[A]:13.) 2. A share of life, daily bread. Hai ga'a mai he 'i. m. kia te kimatorr, cive us our daily bread. See ex., oga 2. haka'imati m. Caus. (T4l [B]: 17.) 'inati sa'u. N(o)R. Profferred offering to Tehu'aigabenga. Pipiki ki o u 'i. s., keep the sacred shares (R). ina totoka. V. T o stare lifelessly and silently. 'inee. Exclamation. Isn't it so? What do you think? Also, nee. PPN 'inee. 'ini. PI. of 'isi. Ma'aku 'i., give me some.

isiisi 'inisini. N. Engine. Te 'i. o te baka, the ship's engine. Te 'i. a Moa, Moa's engine. Eng. ino. V. T o fall over, as a tree or person. Der: maino. inga. See iga. 'ingaamutu. See 'igaumutu. hgi. See igi. ingiingi. See igiigi. 'Ingilani. See 'Igilani. 'ingo. V. T o depend on, share secretly. T e me'a nei manga 'i. kia te kitaaua, this thing is set aside for the two of us. KO au manga 'i. kia Moa, I depend on Moa. he'ingo'aki. V. T o be on friendly or good terms, help one another. Der: i'ingo, 'i. 'ia. -'ingo. haka'ingo. V. T o wander in solitude, as because of grief, shame, or anger; to commit suicide. Ingoa. N(o)V, com. Name, expression; to be named or called; to own, be a native or long time resident of. KO ai tou i.? Tehea tou i.? What's your name? (This is considered rude; one should ask a third person, k o ai tona i.? What is his name?) Hai te i., to speak a name. T e i. o re pegea e . . . , the expression for the person who . . . (a frame for defining words or qualifying individuals). KO au e i. ki Sa'aiho, I am a native of Sa'aiho. T e 'inisini e i. kia Moa, Moa owns the engine. Ke i. kia re au te tarnu nei? May I adopt this child? hakaingoa. V. T o give a name to, have as a name, be called. KO ia e h. tona hosa k o John, he named his son John. KO ia noko I?. tona hosa kia John, he named his son for John. 0 11. ki 'Ubea o ingoa k o 'Ubetl (T67:28), and gave the name 'Ubea named for 'Ubea. See takotonga h., T5:2, T22:5, T75:5. PPN hingoa. ingoa haka'eha'eha. N(o). Honor. name. ingoa hakahanohano, ingoa hakahano. N(o). Name passed on for generations, as Kaitu'u, Taupongi. ingoa hakarna'u. N(o). Established, common name, the first name given an infant by his father. I. h. formerly was not spoken by a man's sister or brother-in-law. Lit., fixed name. ingoa hakapegepege (i. hakapengepenge). N(o). Secondary name given an infant after the common name (ingoa hakama'u); less established name of a person, god, or place, somewhat honor., and used by siblings-inlaw (tau ma'aa) and in laments. See pege 1. ingoa hakapigi (i. hakapingi) = ingoa hakapegel'egeingoa hakapupugu (i. hakapupungu). N(o). Name taken by a person, often an English name such as William. Lit., assumed name.

ingoa tapa. N(o). A calling (1.) name (not long in a family) given to a person, perhaps an English name, or made-up name, as Tautai, Fisherman. See Hu'aitebaagoa, Gibuhenua. ingoa tapa ingoa. N(o). Insulting name. ingoa tu'u. N(o). Commonly used name; original name. (T7.) Lit., name that stays; original name. 'ingohia. See 'igohia. 'ingo 'ia. V. To choose to be with, show partiality. Kau manga 'i. 'i. kia te koe, I prefer only you. He'e 'i. 'i. he pegea 'aatea, ka manga k o ia, not preferring anyone else, but only him. Rare. B: ingo. ingoingo. See igoigo. 'ingo'ingo. See 'igo'igo. 'ingonga. See 'igonga. ioo. Conjunction preceding both N-phrases and V-phrases. When, then (in the future). (Gram. 9.) 'ioo = 'ia 2. haka'ioo = haka'ia. 'ioo 'ioo = "ZOO. haka'ioo'ioo. V . TO shout 'ioo 'ioo; heave ho! (TI 13:4.) ioo mani B. Later, by and by, soon. I. rn. boo, go later. I. m. hai, do later. See ioo. ioo mugi (i. mungi) B. Later, presently. See ioo. iou. V. To lift up. Rare. 4saisa. baabaisa. V. T o be disgusted, nauseating, disgusting, revolting. (T67:50, T96:2.) hakaisaisa. V. T o disgust, repel. T e me'a Iz., abomination. E h. te ta'e kia te au, feces repel me. (T97:28.) hebaaisaisa'aki. P1. (T96: 1.) isi. 1. V. T o scoop, scrape, as coconut meat from a shell. (N195[A]:2, T200:4.) Der: isinga, maisi. PPN hisi. 2. NF. Polynesian chestnut, growing to great sizes. Its nut is baked and eaten. For varieties, see below. PNP i f i . 3. N(o)V. A white fatty substance, as in fish between the place for eggs and the tail, but never present with eggs. 'isi qual. Indefinite pronoun (sg.). Anyone, someone, some. Ma'aku 'i., give me some. KO 'i. kaui e kai gaoi, some fish are good eating. ' A i k o 'i. he'e kite i nu haasua (T63:8)? Is there anyone who hasn't seen Tridacnas? (Gram. 6.2.) isi 'atua. NF. A kind of tree, ?Afzelia bijuga (Colebr.) A. Gray, with hard wood used for house posts, carving, and canoes; not related to the isi, and bearing only small cones. Lit., inedible isi. isiisi. V. T o prepare and eat breakfast food, as done by a pregnant woman or by someone else for her, to keep the foetus warm and avoid abortion. Others (except the husband) were not allowed to eat this food. Ahi i.,

+

+

+

isi koka the fire for such cooking. T e X-aui kr i. ai re l7ai t a r w , fish for the pregnant uloman. isi kokz. NF. .4 kind of Polynesian chestnut, ?Inocarpris fagiferrts (Park.) Fosb. isi matangi. Perhaps = i. lioka. Lit., eastern i. isi mogi. Perhaps = i. X-oka. Lit., hard i. isinga. N. Scooping, as of coconut, baga. Isi rnai rna'aliu te i. naa. scoop out for me that chestnut. B: isi I . isu. N B . Nose, beak. sulelling on top of beak of doves; axe handle iop. beneath the butt end of the blade. (T46:3, T63:ll.) hakaisu. V. T o cut the isu of an axe. PPN isu. isu hohonu. Nro)V. corn. A cold in the nose; to have such. Lit., nose full of liquid. See ex.. I~akagrrgrr. isuohonu = isu holzonu. isu pe'e. N(o). Nasal mucus. See paku i. PPN isrr pe'e. 'fta. N(o)V, com. T o be jealous; jealousy. ' I . a. Moa kia Tebegi, Moa is jealous of Tebegi. 0 'i. kinai te 'apitanga, most of the people were jealous of him. Der: hei'ita'aki, he'ita'aki, i'ita. baa'ita. V . T o be clenched or ex-

posed, as teeth: to be protruding, as a rock on the reef. Kai b., to eat clamping teeth together. hebaa'ita'aki. Recip. PPN 'ita. i te. 1 = i. (preposition) te (article). (Gram. te (marker of 5.2.) 2 = i (conjunction) punctual aspect). I t. XI/^ 0'11, because . . . came. i tee aa. Why? i te me'a gaa (i t. m. ngaa). Because, for that reason, therefore. Lit.. because of the thing there. i tii aa = i tee aa? 'iti'iti. 1. V. T o be small, not much, not many. haka'iti'iti. V. T o lessen. make small. PPN 'iti. 2. (Cap.) NP. A goddess, the mother of Tehainga'atua. (Canoes, Genealogy 12; T5: 3 .) i tii oo = i tee aa. -ito'a. hakaito'a. V. T o rejoice as over the death or misfortune of a foe, or for a man receiving the chest tatoo (taltkuka). -itoto'a. hakaitoto'a. PI. of haliaito'a. 'ha! i'iuaa! Caw! Caw! T o caw (of the ligobai, graybird). Der: i'irta.

+

+

ka. 1. Com. conjunction. And, also, but. Variant, kae. (Gram. 9.) PPN ka. 2. Variant of kaa 2. (Gram. 4.2.) PPN ka. kaa. 1. V. To burn, as a light or fire. Hu'aikaa, to burn briskly (see ex., suusuni). Mata k., bright or large eyes. (T46:3.) Der: baakai, baakani, kaatia. hakakaa. V. T o light, as a match or lantern. PNP kaa. 2. Part. marking future tense; variants, ka, k. go, go. (Gram. 4.2.) 3. Exclamation. Oh! No! Stop it! Bah! My god! (Gram. 10.) 4. NA. Car, automobile. Eng. 5. N(o). The letter 'k'. Eng. kaa-. Nonproductive causative prefix. Cf. kaabaglzi, kaakoni. (Gram. 8.3.) PNP kaa-. -kaa. hakakaa. V. To cut a groove or notch, as in a post top; to insert; to sharpen, as a digging stick. E 11. e Moa te pou, Moa cuts a groove in the post. H . 'anga, notch. E 'apati te h. 'anga ki te sasanga, the notch fits the beam snugly. kaa 'anga. N(o). Burning, fire sparks. E nzakagokago ona k. 'a., its sparks fly upward. kaabaghi. (With tu'u.) Tu'u k., to stand with legs spread. kaabea = kakabe 'ia. Raabei. NP. 1. A constellation, probably Aries. See kabei, N57[A]:II. 2. A male name. kaabingi. NA. Carving. Eng. kaageba (kaangeba). NF. A large dove or pheasant, mentioned in T53:8. See sumu 2. kaa go (k. ngo). Part. marking future tense. Gram. 4.2. kaahaki. V. To grow well, as sprouts or roots. T e 'ulzi e k. tonu tupu i te lzu'aitu'u ma'ugi, the yam has thriving sprouts because it grows so well. kaahanga. 1. NA. Sling for climbing coconut trees or trees with longicorns. B: kalza I . 2. N(o). Snake tail. kaahanga gua (k. ngua). NA. Double climbing sling, on both hands and feet. kaahinga. N. Ambush, raid, raiders. B o o nzai

kinai te k. (T17[B]:1), a raid came. B: ka kahi. kaainga. N(o), com. Bed, sleeping place. K . o te ngaguenga, fine mats and tapa of the temple. (T21:5, T64:6.) B: kakai 1. kaakaa. 1. N(o)V. Stage of coconut with a soft shell and only beginning to form flesh, good drinking; to have such nuts. E k. te niu m i , this coconut palm has nuts with soft shells. Also, n7ukomuko. 2. V. To break up, as lumps. T u k i k. te sogo, pound the pudding to break up lumps. kaakea. Pasltr. of kake. T e ogo e fze'e k., the mountain is not climbed. T e baka e he'e k., the canoe is not reached [by waves]. kaakee = kaakenga. (Be, fast speech.) -kaakei. hekaakei. PI. of kake. See ex., kigaa. kaakenga. N(o). Steps, stairway, ladder; small tree used as a step to a larger tree. (T21:5.) B: kake. kaakoni. V. To wiggle, as the inaglziglzape bird's tail. (Kaa-, causative, B: koni I.) kaakoo. N. Cargo. T e k. a Moa, Moa's cargo. T e k. o te baka, the ship's cargo. T e k. k i Mugaba, the cargo for Re. See me'a ragi k. kaa kuu aa = 'ai ee aa. kaalao. NF. Some squirrelfish, e.g., Osticlztkys parvidens (Cuvier), 0. murdjan (Forskil), 0.microplztlralmus (Bleeker). kaalemu. NAV. Competition, as in football or cricket; team; to compete. KO Niupani e boo tegatou k. ki Hutuna, N i u p a s takes its team to Hutuna. hekaalemu'aki. Recip. kaalemu 'anga. NA. Competing. kaanai. V. To rub smooth with a kana stone or with sandpaper, as a board. B: kana. -kaanai. hekaanai'aki. V. To face one another. ka'anga = kanga I. Poetic. Ka'anga-Te-Kege (K.-T.-Kenge). NF. Roundness-[Of-]The-Earth, honor. name for tubers, as abubu, boiato, kape, suinamo, as said to Tehainga'atua.

+

kaangeba kaangeba. See kaageba 1, 2. kaa ngo. See Xafl go. kaapani. N(o)V. Company; side, as in a war; to take sides. Pidgin Eng. hekaapani'aki. PI. kaapoke, kaapoki = X-eepokc. kaasanga. N(o)V. Place where people live o r stay, esp. in the forest; to inhabit, live, dwell. To'ai tecnei k.? Whose place is this? B: kasa. kaatangn. N(a). Guffaw, as of many. (T13:7.) B: kata. kaatia. Pasltr. of kaa I; to be burned. (T93: 12.) kaatoa. Nqual. All, everyone, entire. B o o k. mai, everybody come. Kitatou k., all of us. See katoa 2, nlaahina k., puna, T118:2. PPN kaatoa. kaatuni. N(o). Refuse dump near the main trail. kaauga (kaaunga). N(a). Betel nut smoked for preservation. Nai ke baalui rna'aku he k., I'll smoke some betel for myself. -kaaui. hekaaui. PI. of kakau. kaaunga. 1. NA. Swimming, as in a race; people swimming; fishing and swimming with a seine (Dugho) in the lagoon, people doing this. Kigatou e boo te k., they are going seining. B: kakau. 2. See kaauga. kaba. 1. V. T o smell bad, be rotten. T e mamiapu k u gegcu o k . , the papaya is ripe and rotten. T e 'rtgu k., head with sores (as some children have). PPN kawa. 2. NF. A bush similar to 'risi but with long leaves. 3. PJF. Some sweetlips, e.g., Plectorhynchus goldtnanni (Bleeker), the sister of the god Ekeitehua, formerly taboo to the members of the Taupongi clan; difficult to catch. Also, kabango. 4. N(a)R. An important offering of cooked tubers or bananas, usually accompanied with the drinking of coconut water, com. called k. ki huge and dedicated to Tehu'aigabenga. PPN kawa. kabaghi. V. To pick paipai palm bark. kabaghinga. NA. Picking of paipai palm bark. 0 llano te k., to go to pick paipai. (T102:4.) kaba ki gangi (k. k. ngangi). N(a)R. A long k. ritual with uncooked food distribution on the cult grounds, as dedicated to Tehainga'atua, the principal sky god. Lit., offering for sky. (T3:2, T118:3.) kaba ki hage (k. k. hange). See k. 4. kaba ki ngangi. See k. k. gangi. kabala = kapala, copra. Eng. kabango. Same as kaba 3. kabao. V . T o be broken off or bent down by wind, as coconut fronds or papayas. kabata. V. T o work long and hard; to keep doing. Manga k. te lzai hekau i ba'i 'aso,

just working on and on every day. K . n Moa /;i tai, Moa constantly goes to the sea. kabe. Adverb preceding verbs. Very. (Gram. 4.4.) kabehano. V. T o be superlatively so or for a long time, of good o r bad. E k . te 'atua 'anga, the storm is terrible. kabei. N(o). Long handle, as of kete niaguu bags; tentacle. as of octopus; ray, as of the sun; key chain; to have a long handle, tentacle, chain. See Itu'ihu'i, Kaabei. hakakabei. V. T o make handles, as on baskets. PNP kawei. kabei tagaha (k. tangaha). NB. Sideburns. hakakabei tagaha. V. T o grow sideburns. kabekabe. 1. N(o)R. Baked food offering, as carried in a ghiniglzini basket. K . tu'u, offering for Tehu'aigabenga in the kaba ki huge ritual, at the west end of the row of baskets (Re). 2 = kabe, perhabs in rituals. -kabekabe. hekabekabe'aki = he kaka be'aXi (kakabe). kabenga. NA, com. Load, burden, food or property collection. Hai k., to carry a load; to gather or prepare food. Tu'u te k., the load is full. T a u k., to carry a load. Triu te ta'u k., the food is heaped up. (T50[B]: 8.) B: kakabe. PPN kabenga. kabikabi. V. T o be very sharp, as a knife. B: kakabi. kabikabi 'anga. N(o). Sharpness. kabikabi tu'u. V. T o be peaked, as a roof. Lit., stand sharp. kabiki. NF. A kind of white sand crab, Ocypode sp., Wolff 1:62, eaten by some, but said to cause premature gray hair. Anuta kal'iki. kae. Variant of ka I . (Gram. 9.) PPN kae. kaga (kanga). V. 1. T o crack, break with the teeth, as betel or other nuts; to be cracked, broken. K . e M o a na baga, Moa cracks the haga nuts. (T79:l.) Der: makaga, nlakagakaga. 2. To be cured; to come to life again, as a tree with burned leaves. K O a u e k. i te maraki, I am cured of sickness. baakaga. Caus. T e ga'akari e tutu b., the tree was burned but didn't die. kagaahau (kangaahau). NB. Temple (of head, TS 1[A]: lo), cheeks; gill plates, of fish (T37:S); canoe sides. kagaaloghuloghu (kangaaloghuloghu). NF. 1. A kind of tree, Canariurn salotnonense, with inedible dark purple berries in clusters, only on Re. 2. A geetnugi tree with fruit similar to those of k. 1. kagaba (kangaba). NA. Shred; hairs on husked coconut. kagae (kangae). NF. Purple swamp hen,

kagoama

Porphyrio porphyrio samoensis Peale, Wolff 7:13, formerly considered the embodiment of non-worshipped deities ('apai), disliked because it eats taro. See beka, kaloi, T46 (A, B). PPN kalae. kagaea (kangaea). V. To be many swamp hens; to be beset with swamp hens. He'e k. te 'uinaga, maa sao, there are no swamp hens in the garden, free [of them]. kagae gangi (kangae ngangi). NF. Nicobar pigeon, Caloenas nicobarica nicobarica (L.), Wolff 7:15; megapod (not on RIB). (N55: 2.) kagagapa (kangangapa). NF. Butt end of coconut fronds as used to pound taro. kagakaga (kangakanga). N(o)V. Season without crops; to be in that season. (T3:3.) kagaloghuloghu (kangaloghuloghu). NV. A useless bush of the family Monimiaceae. kagamu'a (kangamu'a). NF. 1. Vanikoro swiftlet, Collocalia vanikorensis vanikorensis (Quoy and Gaimard), Wolff 7:16. 2. Whiterumped swiftlet, Collocalia spodiopygia reichenowi Stresemann, Wolff 7:16. kaganga (kanganga). V. T o be noisy; to speak loudly, shout. Te pegea e hu'aikaganga mai, the people here are noisy. Noka te k. na'e ka hakagongo nzai ni pegea, don't speak so loud or some people will hear. See hatu k. 2. (T97:3.) PPN kalanga. kagapa (kangapa). 1. NF. Small inedible rockclimbing black fish, probably blennies, as chevroned blenny, Omobranchus elongatus (Bleeker). Also, sand fishes, Kraemeriidae. 2. A tiger beetle, Cicindelidae. Wolff 1:62, perhaps similar to poi I . kagapaina (kangapaina). V. T o be many kagapa fish or beetles. kagau (bangau). NF. Reef heron, Egretta sacra sacra (Gmelin), Wolff 7:10, formerly considered the embodiment of Baabega and of non-worshipped deities ('apai) and not eaten. Varieties are qualified by tea (lightcolored (Tl95[A]:7, and 'ugi (dark). (N54.) Der: kagauina. kage (kange). N(o). Son. Poetic. kage'a (kange'a). NF. A cone shell, Conus sp., Wolff 1:62; its flesh is sometimes eaten. Also, Strombus spp. kage'a huguhugu (hange'a hunguhungu). NF. Spider conch, Lambis chiragra L. Lit., spiny cone. kageba (kangeba). NF. A fairly large fish, perhaps a leather jacket, e.g., Cantherines SP. kagi (kangi). 1. N(o)V. Crevice; chrysalis, as of a longicorn beetle in wood; nitch, as of fruit bats (puli, see ghaghae) or owls (gugu); 8

Ordbog over BeLlona-sproget

to dig, as a pit. Manga boo mai ki nu k. ngaangaasa'a, just coming to the demoninfested pits (demean. reference to one's own home, as during ceremonial welcome). PNP kali. 2. V. To storm, hit, blow hard. K. ngutu, to talk incessantly. See ex., logu. T62:2. 3. NF. A kind of shell, Arcopagia sp., Wolff 1:62; used for scraping coconuts or taro. kagibi (kangibi). 1. NF. A recent accidentally introduced weed, Euphorbia hirta L., with reddish leaves and flowers, and seeds used as medicine for diarrhea. 2. N(o). Portion of a coconut husk attached to other nuts for carrying. hakakagibi. V. To attach coconuts together by their husks. See 'eti h., 'oka h. kagi hahati (kangi h.). V. T o hide in a crevice, as a fish; to stay long in a house or hole. T e ika nei e haingata'a i te k. h., this fish is difficult as it stays in a crevice. Lit., turn [into].crevice. kagikao (kangikao). V. T o give a war cry, as over a killed chief or first-born of a lineage. See hakahii, neepugu, taukanono, tuibagai, tuibagoi. kagisi (kangisi). 1. NF. A kind of small skink, Emoia cyanura (Lesson), Wolff 1: 123, formerly believed the embodiment of nonworhipped deities ('apai) and not eaten. (T6[A]:l.) hakakagisi. V. T o form a foetus, as humans or k. E h. re tama'iti'iri, an infant foetus is formed. See ex., lzakategekia. 2. N(o)V. Single betel branch; to bear clusters, as betel. 3. N(o). Tiny nut; tree bearing such, as coconut or betel. kagisia (kangisia). V. T o be many kagisi skinks. kagisi'ibai (kangisi'ibai). NF. A huti ta'ane similar to ghabaghaghi plantain, also believed grown by the ltiti. kagisiina (kangisiina) = kagisia. kago (kango). 1. V, com. T o punish; to be angry (of gods). See k. mata, kagornataina, T158:4. Der: kagohia. 2. V. T o go fast, flee, escape; to dodge, as a weapon; to miss, pass by. KO ia e k. i te ngasau, he dodged the arrow. K O Moa e k. ai na :as0 he'e a'u, Moa misses some days and doesn't come. KO Moa e Ize'e k. he 'aso te a'u, Moa doesn't miss a day to come. See gango k., Kagobai, T2l3: 1. Der: kagokago, kakago, maakago, makago, rnakagokago, saakago, sakago. PPN kalo. kagoama (kangoama). NF. 1. Probably a goatfish, e.g., sunrise goatfish, Upeneus sulphureus Cuvier. PPN kaloama. 2. A kind of

kagoamaina geernrrgi tree with rather long fruits, perhaps named for the fish. kagoamaina (kangoarnaina). V. T o be many kagoama fish o r trees. Kagobai (Kangobai). NP. A male name. Lit., missing water (as of a new-born infant not yet bathed). kagogo Orangongo). NAV. String of a bow (kariltrttri). as made of lzau bark or bagaitu; to be taut; to make taut, as a bow string. (T18S:7.) Arimaa nlagurc te k.. tata ke manghai, if the bow string is slack, pull until . taut. hakakagogo. Caus. kagohia (kangohia). Pasltr. of kago 1; to be punished; to be guilty; punishment (see kagomataina). Huge o na pegea k., prison. See ex., pegea k., tonaka, T235(B):44. kagohia 'anga (kangohia 'a.). N(a). Punishment, retaliation (as in taunt songs, T l l l:5). kagokago (kangokango). Redup. of kago 2; to be fast; to flare up, as a fire. Der: k. 'anga. kagomata (kangomata). V. To punish and refuse to look at or meet; formerly said of gods who observed misdeeds and punished them. N o h k. tza 'atzia kia pegea, the gods have observed and punished people. K O ia e k . kinai na 'atua o mate, he was seen by the gods and killed. kagomataina (kangomataina). Pasitr. of kagomata. Kua k . he'e hokisia tou kagohia, punishment beheld, your punishment to last forever (tangi for one stricken by polio as a punishment by the gods). T e tama'iti'iti e rnasaki i te k., the child is sick as a punishment (as for a parental sin). kagopa (kangopa). V. T o watch, look to the side, have a presentment of an imminent arrival, as of a friend, enemy, or ship. baakagopa, haakagopa, hakakagopa. Caus. Hinatu o b. nu huti 'ai La kai e te kagae, go and watch the bananas or the kagae bird will eat [them]. kago tau'a (kango t.). V . T o escape in war, flee. (T213:l.) kagu (kangu). V. To dip, as with a cup. (T156[B]:3.) kagughubi (kangughubi). NF. A kind of frigate bird. kagukagu (kangukangu). NF. An insect. T e k. e ngoingoi ai te rnanu liege, te tinana o re rnanu kege te li., the k. develops the manu liege, the k. is the mother of the manu kege. See pagati. kagulu (kangulu). NF. Large growth stage of a rat. Rare. kagurnoana (kangurnoana). NF. A tiger shark, Galeocerda cu19ieri (Le Sueur), perhaps similar to hakaugu.

kagunga (kangunga). N.4. Dipping, dip. B: kagu. kaghaghi (kangaghi). V. To pull, as weeds near the house. See ex., tu'u'ugu, T4:3. Der: kagltaghinga, liaghakaghaghi. kaghaghinga (kangaghinga). N A . People weeding. kaghakaghaghi (kangakangaghi). Redup. of kagltaglzi; to weed little by little or fitfully. kaghigho. 1. V. To be good-looking. Re. 2. See boglto k. kaghigho (kangigho). V. TO criticize. Noka te X. toku huge, ioo kaghiglzona tou lzagena, don't criticize my house or your house there will be criticized. Der: fiaghighona. kaghighona (kangighona). Pasitr. of kaghigho. See ex., kaghigho. kaha. 1. NA. Sennit of coconut fibre; noose, as for sharks, whether of sennit or not. (T20:12, T1 l7:3.) Der: kaahanga 1. PPN kafa. 2 = kahakia, kahakina. T e ngata kria k. kirzai a Sau'elta, Sau'eha was startled by a snake. 3. V. To be strong. KO M o a e k., Moa is strong. Der: kaltakaha. kahaamanguu. See kahaugu, pagege. kahakaha. Redup. of kalla 3. kahakia. V. To be excited. frighte~ed,startled, shocked. Rare. B: kalta 3. kahakina = kahakia. K O au e k . i te pegea, I was startled by the person. Rare. B: kaha 2. kahaugu (kahaamanguu). V. T o be slack, supple, soft, pliable. (T228[A]:7.) haakahaugu, hakakahaugu. Caus. kaho. N(o). Yaws, formerly very prevalent but eliminated in the 1950's by World Health Organization innoculations; k. is believed contagious. See ex., mahrt I, T96:l. Der: liahoa, kahoa 'anga, kahoina. -kaho. hakakaho. V. T o spear. Kitai Iz. e nu koe, maybe I'll spear you. kahoa. V. T o have yaws. kahoa 'anga. N(o). Yaws. kahoina = kahoa. kaho mogi (k. mongi). N(o). Bad yaws. leprosy. Lit., hard yaws. kahota. N(o)V. Perspiration: to perspire. kahu. N(o)V. Blanket; a wide tapa, as for covering; to use as a k. K O ia e k. i te ta'e, he is coated with feces (he has filthy habits). See haatunga, saakahu. PPN kaf ri. kahutu. See ika takoto. kahutu (kenge). NF. Probably a Job fish, Aprion virescens Valenciennes. kai. N(o)V qual, corn. T o eat, be eaten; to erode, as a sore (N123); to smoke, as tobacco: food (rare). E k. te utunga a M o a , Moa's food is eaten. O k u k., my food (poe-

+

kai lugi tic. R). E k. e Moa te polo, Moa eats the coconut. E k . a Moa i te huge, Moa eats in the house. See k. baapono and k. pono (pono). Der: k. 'ia, kaikai, kaina, kainga. hakakai. V . To enlarge, as a hole in the ear. hekai'aki. V. To eat or fight one another, as sharks or brothers. H. ake ourou kano uge (T136[C]:4), eat the flesh of your penises (RESTR. curse). PPN kai. kaia'a. V, com. To steal, rob, commit adultery; illegally. Te pegea k., thief. E k. e M o a te paolo, Moa steals the chicken. K O ai e k.? E k. e Moa. Who steals? Moa steals. E k. a Moa, Moa steals (a, since no object is expressed or understood). See manukaia'a, T78:4, T99:4, Gram. 8.3. hekaia'a'aki, hekaia'ataki. V. T o steal from one another; to copulate with other than spouse (pl.); to marry a person related as a tau; to do unlawfully. Also, hekaia'a'aki. PPN kaika'a. kaia'a 'anga. NAV. Stealing, theft; illegal copulation or marriage; to steal. See ex., girogiro 'ia. kai 'aabaki. V, com. To eat with, share eating, eat too. See ex., 'aonga. kaia'anga. N(o). Group of thieves, stolen goods, robbery, stealing. kaia'atia. Pasltr. of kaia'a. See ex., a'asi. PPN kaiha'atia. kaiahi. N(a)V, com. Tobacco, cigarette, pipe; to smoke tobacco. Tau kaiahina, your tobacco there. Lit., smoke fire. See ex., taagango. haakaiahi. V . T o cause or induce to smoke. kai 'ate. See 'ate I. Kaiha, Kaiha Meh'n. NP. Milky Way, believed formed when Tehu'aigabenga stepped on the two stars Mahutoki and Mahugege. See gaganga K . , T26. kai baabolubolu. See k. baamolumolu. kai baagha~ho(k. baangagho). V. To eat without enthusiasm or zest. Lit., complain eat. kai baahotuhotu = k. baapuku. kai ba'aki. V. To converse while eating, as Europeans (but not RIB) do. Also, k . hegeu. kai baamolumolu (k. baabolubolu). V. To eat with full cheeks, gulp. (Baabolubolu may be related to bolu, termite, and its incessant eating.) kai baangagho. See k. baaglzaglzo. kai baapopo. See pop0 1. kai baapuku. V. To eat with full cheeks. kai bagu (k. bangu). V. T o eat while grating, as coconuts. (T204:13.) kaibalu. NF. A vine resembling mango. Re. kai bangu. See k. bagu. kai beali. V. To eat as one famished.

kai beka. V. To eat without sharing. kai binu. V. To drink while eating or after eating. kai bogi (k. bongi). See bogi. kai gaoi (k. ngaoi). V, com. T o be good, of food and tobacco; to be delicious. kai gomi (k. ngomi). V. To eat silently and with mouth closed. kai hagihagi (k. hangihangi). V. T o eat fast or greedily. kai haka'agi'agi (k. haka'angi'angi). V. TO eat openly, as to share with others. kal hakana'a. V. To eat and save some food, perhaps due to stinginess, or because there is so much. Lit., eat keep. kai hakatau. V. To eat sparingly and frugally, as in times of shortage. kai hskatohetohe = kai hakatotohe. kai hakatotohe. V. To eat or munch slowly. kai hegeu (k. hengeu) = k . ba'aki. kai hetau. V. To compete in eating much. Lit., competitive eating. kai higi (k. hingi). V. T o eat with discrimination; to be finicky or fussy about eating. Lit., selective eating. Also, k. ligo. kai hog0 (k. hongo). V. To gulp food. Lit., eat swallowing. kai hua. V. T o eat but one food only. kai h u g (k. hungi). V. T o eat jointly, men, women, children. (Tithe food is eaten only by baptized persons: one does not k. It. tithe food.) kai huu. V. To eat secretly and alone (considered stingy). Also, k. logl~ogho. kai 'ia. Pasltr. of kai. See 'ao'ao, kaina. kaikai ~ m (k. i ngaoi). V. T o enjoy food as because of good health, appetite and surroundings; to be good food as for srzh reasons. B: kai. kaikai maase'i. V. To not enjoy food as because of surroundings; to be not good food as for such reasons. K O au e k. m . i te suu te kunga nei, kae tutugu, I don't enjoy the food because this place is wet and leaks. E k. m. nu utunga e hai i te 'ua, the food that is available isn't good because of the rain. kai kiki. See kiki I . kai kubikubi = k. Izakatau. kai kukumi. V. To chew with mouth closed. kai ligo (k. lingo) = k. Izigi. Lit., inspection eating. kailobo. V. To taste (to see if one likes). kailobo 'ia. Pasttr. of kailobo. kai loghogho (k. loghongo) = k. huu. Lit., unsociable eating. kai lugi (kai lungi) = lugi I.

kai maasoko

.

--

. .

,

-

.

kai maasoko. V. T o eat everything o r indiscriminately, as one not finicky. kai me'a pigo (k. m. pingo). V. T o eat rotten things, said of fish biting a hook, and to humans as a swear word. kaimeko. NF. '4 kind of small gecko living in houses and tree tops. Der: kaimekoa, kaimekoina. kaimemeo. PI. of kaitneo. hekaimemeo'aki. ,Recip. kaimeo. V. T o be angry about stinginess. See -meo, T23 1:5. kai mitimiti. V. T o eat with sucking noise. kaina. Pasltr. of kai, esp. of things eaten by birds o r animals. T e mamiapu e k., the papaya was eaten (by birds). See kai 'ia. N a k. te X-ege, the soil is eaten (poetic, harvest). PNP kaina. kainanga. N(o). 1. Worshipper of a deity, subject of a chief, devotee, servant. See ex., hakagogohi, T14:6, T16:8. PPN kainanga. 2. Each of two sides of the ritual grounds -- (gotomaga'e). K. baghiaghe, eastern side of ritual grounds. (TI 16:9.) kainanga 'eha. See 'ugu k. 'e. kainanga hoga (k. honga) = kainanga 'elza, but usually the place for the mat of the goddess Sikingimoemoe, near the center of the k. 'elza. Lit., spreading ritual grounds. kainga. N(a). Food, meal; people eating. A n a k. kaui, his fish food. Boo mai . . . te k. (T139:9), the eaters (guests) came. (T84:3.) B: kai. PNP kainga. kai ngaoi. See k. gaoi. kai ngorni. See k . gomi. kai 'oso. N(a)R. Small offerings as for a funeral or war. See ' o s o 2. kai sughu. See s. pcgea (k. pengea). N(o)V. Cannibal, cannibalism; to eat men. See ex., -tu'usanga, T2(A): 1. kai pegea 'anga (k. pengea 'a.). N(a)V. Can.nibalism, to eat humans. (TI 16: 11.) kai pengea. See k. pegea. kai soni! Vagina eater (insult)! RESTR. kai songosongo. V. T o be bad tasting; to be unpleasant or poor food. kai ta'e. N(o)V. Feces eater (insult). formerly a ritual formula said only by the priestchief as a token of submission to the gods, as in the hakauu ritual; to eat feces (demean); to sing a particular chant that has this name. Teenei re k. t. . . . hano k. t. kia Tehainga'atua, this is the feces-eating song, . . . go eat feces before Tehainga'atua. Der: k. t. 'anga. kai tahitahi. V. T o eat excessively (insult). Kaitahitahi. NP. A god who helped people

.

defecate beiore feasts so they could eat a great deal. (N139:5.) kai tapu. N(o)V. Holy Communion; to take Holy Communion. kaiti'i. V, com. T o beg silently for food or object, as by looking hungrily or longingly, or hint (much disapproved of; persons leave while others eat lest they be accused of k.). Der: kaititi'i. hakakaiti'i. V. T o beg. hakakaiti'inga. N(a). Begged food. Kae haliatnamae ngutu a koe, 'aasaki te ga'a i te nloogia, ka na 11. i te Itakatalzinga e hai i baghiaghe, you are wearing out your mouth in speaking, and there is no perfect gift. but just begged food from the feast held at the east (demean. presentation of a gift). hekaiti'i'aki. Recip. kaiti'inga. NA.Begging silently. kaititi'i. PI. of kaiti'i. (Tl92: 1.) kaititi'inga. Redup. of kaiti'inga. kai to'a. V. T o eat with relish; to eat much. kai toki. V. T o eat vagina (insult). RESTR. kaituagi (kaituangi). N(o)R. Food offering set aside, as for Sikingimoemoe and other sky gods. See ex., ngagaki 'ia. Kaitu'u. NP. The discoverer and first settler on RIB, with Taupongi and others, and founder of the K. clan; a com. male name. T e makupuu K., the descendants of K. as worshippers in rituals (R). Also, Kui. See hokai e aga kinai a K., sa'a K., T66-T72. kai'uigago (kai'uingango). N(o). Deep ulcer, leprosy. T o k u ,cima e kai e te k., my hand is eaten by the ulcer. Lit., eat from beneath. kai umi. V. T o suck and hold in the mouth. kai uu. V. T o hold the breast in the mouth, as a nursing infant. kakabe. V, com. T o escort, accompany, take. as in a canoe; to be escorted, ta!-2n: to continue, go on. K. rnai ia te au, take me. T e tinana kua 1;. e re hiti (T85), the hiti took the mother. K . te 'ika'ika, just continue the anger. (T52[A]21, T88:5.) Der: kaabea, k . 'anga, -kabekabe, kabenga. hekakabe'aki. Reciplpl. (T220:4.) kakabe 'ia. Pas'tr. of kakabe. Kau k. 'i. (T196: . 3), 1'11 take [you]. (T159[A]:16.) kakabi. V. T o be somewhat sharp, pointed, peaked. See ex., bebeku. Der: kabikabi. kakaga (kakanga). V. T o smart, as iodine in a wound; to have a bitter taste, as beer; to have bitter feelings. E bii k., strong, bitter. K. te hinangago, the heart is bitter with rage. See masakisege. baakakaga, haakakaga, hakakakaga. Caus. k a k ~ g o= kago 2. kakahi. V . 1. T o do or come fast. T e haka-

kaluba taupapa e k. ntai, the ship comes fast. 2. To fight one another; to rush headlong; to attack, raid. (T66:74, T I 33:3.) Der: kaahinga. hekakahi'aki. Recip. kakai. 1. V, corn. To live, inhabit, stay (pl.). See Itage k., haliaputu. Der: kaainga, kakai'aki. PPN kakai. 2. V. To be sharp. (T20:7, T175:9.) baakakai, haakakai, hakakakai. V. To sharpen. hekakai'aki. PI. 3. N(o). Culture hero, as Mautikitiki, Sina, Tangagoa (Canoes, Chapters 5-7, T61:1, p. 424; Religion, Chapter 8.) kakai'aki. PI. of kakai I . kakai 'anga. N(o). 1. Settlement, nation, subclan, group of people living together, inhabitants. K . 'a. hepootaki, united nations. See ex., saanguu, T108:4, T139:7. 2. Sharp part, as of a knife. kakai kaatoa. V. T o live together. kakai mane. V. T o live on a money economy. kakakaka. V. T o take root. A k u tago kua k. i re kua he'e tanu gltali, my taro took root because of not being planted quickly. kakake. Probably the same as likelike. kakami. V. T o bite, of fish. E baagasi nu ika, ke k. ke huhuti, chum the fish so they bite and are pulled in. See kamikami. hekakami'aki. P1. kakano. 1. N(o). Kind, variety. (T97:28.) B: kano I. PPN kakano. 2. N(o)V. Core of wood; to have a core. T e ga'akau e somi ku k. gaoi, the log chops with a good core. kakanga. See kakaga. kakao. V. T o be tall and slender, as trees. B: kao. -kakapa. hskakakapa. V. T o go to help. K O kitnatou e h. ki Matangi i te ta'u ika, we go to help Matangi in the flying-fish season. kakah. P1. of kata. PPN kakata. kakau. V. T o swim. Der: lzekaaui, kaaunga, knukau I , kaukaunga. hekakau'aki. Recip. (T55:6.)PPN kakau. kakau hakatu'u. V. T o tread water. Lit., upright swimming. kake. V. T o climb up, as a boy or vine up a coconut tree; to step up and on, as on to the sounding board in certain dances, esp. huaa mako; to rise up on the shore, as a high sea. See kakaneke, tighe, T13:4. Der: haakake, Ite kaa kei, kaakea, kaa kenga, ka ke'aki. PPN kake. kake'aki. V. T o climb, move up or on, advance. (T66: 16.) kake 'anga. NAV. Climbing; to climb. kakenuku. NF. A cultivated red yam ('uhi) developed from the white sigasiga yam. Also, magenuku. See pangigisu.

kake tu'u. V. T o climb something; to be tall or sleep, as a tree or mountain. kakoa. V. T o caw, as ibis. Be. -kaku. hakakaku. V. T o grow slowly, as a child; to be immature; to delay. kakutia. (With he'e.) He'e k., to be weary, tired, unable. He'e k. ke kai, not able t o eat everything (due to great quantities). K O au he'e k. kau hano k i toku 'unzanga, I a m unable to go to my garden. kala. 1. NF. A kind of pandanus, Pandanus dubius Spreng.; its leaves are used for mats, and its keys are baked and eaten; they are also rubbed on tapa for dyeing red; a k. bunch. E ta'o nu hua k. gegeu, o tahi ai na kogoa, o uga, ripe k. keys are baked, and rubbed on tapas to become red. (T184:1, T214:12.) 2. N(o). Color. Eng. 3. N(o)V. Kind; to be a kind (the meanings color and kind are united, as with huge). Kalae = Kalaesi. kalaehomu. NA. Gramophone. Eng. Kalaenga. See Kalaesi, pei. Kalaesi! Exclamation. Dear me! (Variants are Kalae, Kuresi, Karaesi, Kalaenga [Be], Kalae gaa; it is often said alone.) Eng., Christ. kalaghi. N(o). Sea cave or crevice, reef passage, suction hole. See giti, T134:4. kalaka. N(o). Clerk. Eng. kalakala. NF. 1. Vines, Piper sp. with nodes; leaves are heated, crushed, and placed on stings or itching skin. One specimen was Artocarpus. 2. See mei I . 3. A kind of Morinda citrifolia (guna). kalake. NA. Firecracker, fireworks of any kind. Mango hakngaprltrl re k., the fireworks go off. Eng., cracker. katanke. V. To be crazy. Pidgin Eng., cranky. kalapu. NF. Crab. Eng. kalapusi. N(o)V. Prison: to be imprisoned. Pidgin Eng., calaboose. kaleko. N(o). Red calico. Eng. kalogu (kalongu). NF. An epiphyte or parasite, often filled with ants, a Hydnophytum. (T3 1[A]:8, T33:8.) kaloi. NF. An uncomplimentary nickname for the kagae bird. hakakaloi. V. T o act dike a swamp hen; to be mischievous, thieving. Rare. kalokaloa. V. T o be dotted or spotted, as a ripe banana peel; to be freckled. kalongu. See kalogu. kaluba. 1. N(o V. Yaws on soles of feet; t o have such; warts, as on some geemugi tree leaves. 2. NF. A small red insect that eats abubu and boiato tubers and perhaps coconuts; hence a demean. reference to one's

kalubaina

-

a

-

-

-

gift of coconuts or abubu. Kohea 'oXoia gu X-. polo e to'o rnai e koutou? So where are the two coconut insects you brought (demean., said by visiting chief to his bearers, asking that they present the gift of coconuts)? kalubaina. V. 1. T o have kaluba yaws. 2. T o be inferior, as coconuts. kamaamagu (kanmaamangu). NF. A kind of pale-green-stemmed taro, rag0 ta'ane, Colocasia antiquorunz Schott, both dry land and swamp. See rnatageba. kamakama. NF, com. A kind of edible black rock crab, Grapsus sp., Wolff 1:62, on coastal ledges. (T190:6.) P P N kanzakarna. kamikami. V. T o desire ardently. K O a11 e k. re tau'i maJaXu h e 'aakisi, I really want to buy myself an axe. See kakanzi. kambi. 1. NF. A young kangigo skink. (T49 1.) Rare. 2. V. T o reject, as a lover (joking or figurative term). K O a u e k. kinai a Sina, I was rejected by Sina. Kua k. a Sina kia re au, Sina rejected me. K. is also said alone as a n exclamation of rejection if someone says that someone of the opposite sex desires him. kamo. 1. V. T o beckon with downward flap of the hand. Der: kamoXan?o. PPN kamo. 2. NAV. Pole three to four meters long, as with sticky wicker (bolo u e ) at the end, used for snaring flying fox; to snare with the k.; to bite, as a snake in a tree. E I?. te peXa i te k., the flying fox is snared with the snaring pole. T e pegea e kake, rna te k. e te ue orza gau 'ugu, the person climbs (for flying fox), the wicker snares his hair. Der: karnonga. kamokamo. V. 1. T o beckon, as with repeated underhand motions. B: kamo 1. PPN kaniokamo. 2. T o be tall, as tree o r person. karnonga. NA. Flying-fox snaring, snarers; flying fox that has been caught. B: kame 2. kamu. V . 1. T o chew betel. (T47[B]:1, T186: 4.) Der: katnunga 1. hakzkamu. V R . T o offer betel nuts, as to gods in the kaba k i Irage ritual. 2. T o compose or sing a tangi, usually in honor of a man or several men, by women (perhaps so-called because the beauty of the tangi is likened to the beauty of the red mouth of a betel chewer). Tekarnu is a com. female name. See kaukau 2, laka, Ua-Hekau, T47(B): 1. Der: k. 'anga, kamunga 2. kamua. NF. A kind of bush; its pounded leaves are rubbed on bakua sores. kamugaha (kamungaba) = basa'itai. kamugu (kamungu). NF. A medium-sized monitor lizard; a term of address of an

angry husband to his wife. See ItoXai, rnagiono. kamunga. 1. NA. Betel chewing. B: kanzu I . 2. NC. A special fungi. B: Xarnu 2. kamungaba. See Xamugubu. kamungu. See Xamugu. kamu tupu. V. T o have swollen (rriprt) chewed betel in the mouth or to have expectorated it. kana. NFV. A marine growth on coral; vhen dried it becomes hard and is used as srtndpaper. R. may be qualified by the terms rnogi (hard) and maguu (soft). Der: kaunai. PPN Lana. -kana. hakakana. T o be young but past adolescence. Kanaha. NP. Central district of Re, but usually not including Labagu. kanae. NF. Mullets, perhaps a diamond-scale mullet, Liza \laigiensis Quoy and Gaymard. PPN kaizahe. kanaea. V. T o be many kanae fish. kanai. V. T o face; to blow on, as wind. K O a u e k. Xia te koe, I'm facing you. T e nzatangi e k. m a i i te Guatu'u, the wind blows here from the northeast wind. hekanai'aki. V. T o face one another, as fighters. kanakanai. V. T o turn as to face. hekanakanai'aki = hekanai'aki. kananu. NF. A kind of large dark deep-sea fish, possibly a castor-oil fish, Ru\.cttrts. Der: kunanuina. kananga. N(o). 1. A chant, usually of one or two verses, with hidden meanings, most commonly referring to love affairs; some are taunts and in a few the composer praises his own good looks. Names of persons involved are often mentioned, in some instances obliquely. Highly personal and often referring to clandestine unions, k. a1 e not sung in presence of classificatory siblings o r siblings-in-law. Some are so subtle that only persons involved understand. .is of 1972, k. allegedly were n o longer composed because of church opposition. See ose, Monberg in press. 2. N(a). A joke about someone making a slip of the tongue. Also, saka 1. kanapu. NF. Brown booby, Sula leucogaster plotus (Forster), Wolff 7:9, formerly believed the embodiment of Baabe.ga and of worshipped ancestors; sometimes eaten; breeding on the north coast of Re. See Xatoko. Der: kanapuina. kanapu ngongo. NF. A kind of black booby with a white beak, named for the noddy tern (ng.). Also, k. 'u,gi. kano qual. 1. N(o). Kernel, as of a nut

+

kanua

(baghu, haga, tagie); flesh, as of a coconut, fish, or bivalve. K. is avoided by some because of next meaning. (N 3 9:2.) Der: kakano, kanolzi 1. PPN kano. 2. NB. Genitalia, labia. K. soni, vagina. K . uge, penis. RESTR. 3. N(o). Persons, group of persons. kano baasi'a. N(o)V. Neighbor, neighboring homestead or house; to be neighboring or neighbors; small homestead bordering the main homestead, sometimes inhabited by a younger brother (also called ntanalza kakategetege). Kimaaua ma Moa te k. b., Moa and I are neighbors. G u 'omaa manaha ma Moa, te k. b., Moa and my homesteads are neighboring. Lit., people of the border line. kano baka. N(o). Canoe crew and passengers. (T209: 10.) kano ga'akau (k. nga'akau). N(o). Wood beneath bark, heartwood. kanogoto (kanongoto). NR. A long night ritual in the temple that followed distribution of rnaga'e, said to have been brought from 'Ubea and to have been one of the most sacred of all rituals. It ended at dawn. See meme'i, N66:51, T96:3. kanoguku (kanonguku). NB. Animal flesh, muscle flesh. (K. is preferred to kano on Be because kano 2 is RESTR.) kanoguku gima (kanonguku ngima). NB. Biceps muscle. kano ghogheghoghe (k. ngoghengoghe). NB. Genitalia. RESTR. kano hekau = kano henua. kano henua. N(o). Fellow workers, as n.orshippers at a temple (ngaguenga) or fishermen in a large canoe (baka 'eha). kanohi. 1. N(o)V. Flesh, as of coconut, fruit or vegetable; to have or form such flesh. Te baga ku k., the baga nut has flesh. See kano, niu, T41(A):15. 2. See k. o te moana, k. o te mouku. kanohi 'anga. N(o V. Flesh, as of coconut, baga nuts, pandanus; to have such. (N41 [B]:17.) kanohihia. Pasltr. of kanohi 1. kanohi mata. NB. Eyeball. K. m . 'agigi, turban-shell eyes (of one with wide-open eyes who does not look down, hence shameless). K . m. teatea, k. m. sunigu, white of the eye. K. m . 'ugi'ugi, dark of the eye, pupil. (T20:15, T235[B]:32.) kanohi niho. NB. Gums of teeth. kanohi niu. N(o). Flesh of coconut. kanohi o te moana. NF. Fish considered harmful (Izai maka), as sharks, whales, sting rays, agu. Porpoises are also considered k.

o t. m . because they havc the same name as whales (ralzoga'a). Lit., flesh of the sea. (T185[A]:2.) kanohi o te mouku. NF. Snakes, monitor lizards, skinks, geckos, centipedes, owls, hawks, kagae, bogu, and all small and harmful creatures. Lit., flesh of the forest. kanohi toki. NA. Adze blade without haft. kanohi tupu. V. To have a raised scar. kanokano qual. NF. Social wasps, Polisres sp., Wolff 1:62, both adult larva and pupa, formerly believed the embodiments of nonworshipped deities ('apai); k. have a shortlasting but very painful sting. K. may be qualified by colors tea (light) and 'ugi (dark). See k. siba, T52(A):4, T102:5. kanokanoina. V. To be beset with wasps. kanokano siba. NF. A wasp similar to k. but said to have no nests and to live in the earth or in trees, perhaps hairy flower wasp, Scolia sp., Wolff 1:63; also called k. 'ugi. kanomanaha. N(a). District (Mugihenua, Tetaungagoto, Tetu'aakoi, Kanaba, Matangi, and Tegano on Re; Sa'aiho, Ghongau, and Matangi on Be), country; people of a district or country. kano mea. NB. Red flesh, red genitalia. RESTR. kano nga'akau. See k. ga'akau. kano ngoghengoghe. See k. ghogkeghoglze. kanongoto. See kanogoto. kanonguku. See kanoguku. kanonguku ngima. See kanoguku gima. RESTR. kmo pono. N(o). Very stupid person. RESTR. kano soni. NB. Vagina interior. RESTR. kano tangata. N(o). Crazy person, craziness, a 'character', eccentric. kano tau'a. N(o). Warrior, fighter. group of fighters, army. (T235[A]:83.) kano tobigha. NB. Anus opening. RESTR. kano tu'uganga (k. tu'unganga). N(o). Persons whose classificatory mothers (tinana) are from the same patrilineal descent group or district. Hai re k. t. e tasi Moa ma Puia i te me'a gaa, ogaa tinana, gua haahine mai Tongaba, Moa's and Puia's classificatory mothers are two women from Tongaba. kano uge (k. unge). NB. Penis. See ex., hekai'aki. RESTR. kanselo. N(o). Council. Eng. kanu. V. To be patterned, as with tattoo; to write, draw, design, tattoo. K. e Moa taku Ieta, Moa wrote my letter. E k. otatou ingoa ki te bakagege, make reservations for us on the plane. (T115:4.) kanua. Pasltr. of kanu; to be tattooed.

+

knnu 'anga

-A.

kanu 'anga. N(o)V. Writing, designing, tattooing; to write, design, tattoo. kanu 'ia. V. T o be written; to write. kanukanu. V, com. To write, draw a tattoo pattern. hekanukanu'aki. V. To write to one another. correspond. Der: X . 'anga. kanukanu 'anga. NA. Writing. kanukanu 'ia. Pasltr. of k . kanumaa ba'e (kanungaa b.). NB. Leg below calf. kanumaa gima (kanungaa ngima). NB. Arm just below elbow. E p a f a ki re k . g., matching [the length] from fingertips to the middle of the arm below the elbow. kanume. NF. A tree, ebony family, Diospyros glaberrirna (L.f.) Bakh.; its wood is used for spears and ear ornaments (sei); its berries are eaten by coconut crabs. (T136[B]: 6.) Der: kanumeina. PPN kanurne. kanungaa ba'e = k a n u m a a ba'e. Re. kanungaa gima = karzrtnzaa girna. kanga. 1. V. T o be round, as a hole. E k . re ghoglzoo, the aperture is round (genitalia). U g e k., round penis (insult). Soni k., round cunt (insult). K O k o e e k., you have round genitals (insult). See ka'anga. RESTR. Der: kangakanga 1. 2. See kaga 1, 2. kangaahau. See kagaahau. kangaaloghuloghu. See kagaaloghuloghu. kangaba. See kagaba. kangae. See kagae. kangaea. See kagaea. kangae ngangi. See Xagae gangi. kangaghi. See kaghaghi. kangakanga. 1. Redup. of kanga I ; to have many openings, holes, small apertures. hakakangakanga. Caus. Probably RESTR. 2. See kaga kaga. kangakangrmghi. See kaghakaglzaglzi. kangamu'a. See Xagamu'a. kanganga. See kaganga. kangangapa. See kagagapa. kangapa. See kagapa. kangapaina. See kagapaina. kangau. See kagau. kange. See kage. kange'a. See kage'a. kangeba. See kageba. kangi. See kagi 1 , 2 , 3. kangibi. See kagibi 1, 2. kangtgo (kangingo). NF. A kind of black skink, E m o i a nigra (Hombron and Guichenot), Wolff 1 :124. See kanzlsi. Der: kangigoa. kangigho. See kaglzigho. kangighona. See kaghiglzona. kangi hahati. See kagi h.

kangikao. See kagikao. kangisi. See kagisi I , 2, 3. kangisia. See kagisia. kangisi'ibai. See kagisi'ibai. kangisiina. See kagisiina. kango. See kago 1 , 2 . kangoania. See Iiagonma 1, 2. kangoamaina. See kagoamairia. Kangobai. See Kagobai. kangohia. See kagohia. kangokango. 1. V. T o be leafless or nearly so; to be thin, of persons. 2. See kagokago. kangomata. See kagonzata. kangon~ataina.See kagornutairza. kangongo. See kagogo. kangopa. See kagopa. kangose. NBV. Bone; to have small bones, be bony. T e pegea k u a masaki o tu'u ona k., the person was sick and his bones stood out. kango tau'a. See kago tau'a. kangu. See kagu. kangughubi. See kaguglzubi. kangukangu. See kagukagu. kangutu. See kagulu. kangumoana. See kagurnoana. kangunga. See kagunga. kao = kakao. See ngutukao. kaokao. NB. Side (human, animal). (T31[A]: 8.) hakakaokao. V. T o place on the side. M o e h., to sleep on the side. PPN kaokao. kaone. N(a)V. T o borrow or loan; to charge, as goods at a store; loan, borrowing. E k . a M o a ki f e h o k a , Moa has a charge account with the hawker. E k . e M o a t o k u a k e , Moa borrows my shirt (or buys, with promise to pay later). K O M o a e k . m a n e kia te au, Moa borrows money from me. K O M o a e k . nzai kia re au, Moa will make me a loan. Pidgin Eng., count, probably from Eng. account. kapa. 1. N(a)R. Ritual dance and chant similar to the suahogi. 2. NA. Metal of any kind, copper, corrugated iron. See huge k., peba k . Eng. kapa, kapaa qual. N(o). Side, edge, as of a mat, tapa, foot, garden. (T215.) Der: hakatekapa, kapakapa I . PPN kupa. kapaa aga (k. anga). N(o). Side of the road, sidewalk. kapaa gau. (k. ngau). N(o). Roof leaves. kapaa kaainga. N(o). Side of a bed, wife (honor.) T e k . k . o M o a , k o Tebegi, Moa's consort is Tebegi. kapaa manaha. Similar to agaa m., but usually a little smaller. kapaa ngau. See kapaa gau.

+

kapiti ngua kapaa tapungao. NB. Side of the foot. (T67: 20.) kapakapa, kapakapaa qual. 1. PI. of kapa, side. 2. N(o). Flippers, as of turtle, sting ray, whale; base of fish fins (see ex., maakasi) PPN kapakapa. 3. V. T o begin to crawl, of an infant. Be. kapakapa totongo. See gapagapa totogo. kapakau. N(o). Wing. haakapakau, hakakapakau. V. T o grow wings, as young birds; to carve wings, as on a walking stick; to draw wings. T e ga'akau e tau k., war club with side pieces (as one in imitation of a pickaxe). PPN kapa kau. -kapakau 'anga. hakakapakau 'anga. NA. Growing or production of wings. kapakaumaahiti. NF. Sanford's eagle, Haliaetus sanfordi Mayr, Wolff 7:12. It breeds at the far western end of Re. (T54:5.) kapakaumanu. V. T o be hard, of coconut flesh. Re. kapakausakana. NF. A kind of shark. kapala. N(a, p1)V. Copra; to make copra. Eng. Also, kabala, kopala. kapa tasi. V. T o wear only a single garment, as loincloth, dress. K O ia e k. t. i te kogoa, he wears a single tapa. kape. 1. NF. Giant dry-land taro, Alocasia macrorrhiza L. Schott, not widely cultivated due t o the slow growth of the corns (two years to develop), and their irritation to throats. The leaves are up to a meter and a half high. See ghanegho, ghughia. T o k u k., my k . (growing). T a k u k., my k. (being cooked or eaten). For terms and ex., see gaugau, tnolu, ngagiri, mascge, TI91 (story), T133:4. PPN kape. 2. V. T o pry up or loosen; to pick up, take out, gouge out, chip out (as carving in center of an arrow (tapua); to drive away, blow down. E k . i re mi'ikiba, 'oti kae t a m na li